WO2015176255A1 - Method and device for transmitting demodulation reference signal - Google Patents
Method and device for transmitting demodulation reference signal Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015176255A1 WO2015176255A1 PCT/CN2014/078030 CN2014078030W WO2015176255A1 WO 2015176255 A1 WO2015176255 A1 WO 2015176255A1 CN 2014078030 W CN2014078030 W CN 2014078030W WO 2015176255 A1 WO2015176255 A1 WO 2015176255A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- reference signal
- demodulation reference
- location
- user equipment
- csi
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
- H04W88/18—Service support devices; Network management devices
Definitions
- the present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a transmission method and apparatus for demodulating reference signals. Background technique
- MIMO Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
- OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
- the existing LTE system version Rel-10 supports up to 8 streams of demodulation reference signals. Therefore, for multi-input multi-input and multi-output scenarios, it is unable to support the downlink user data demodulation of more users.
- SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides a method and a device for transmitting a demodulation reference signal, which are used to solve the problem of downlink user data demodulation in which the existing LTE system version Rel-10 cannot support more users.
- a first aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal, including: determining, by a first device, a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes the Channel status information that has been used and/or unused by a device a mapping position of the reference signal CSI-RS, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment;
- the first device sends configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
- the first device transmits the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
- the determining, by the first device, the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block specifically: the first device Determining, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, a location at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the first device sends the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. Before the location of the demodulation reference signal is sent, the method further includes:
- the first device sends a precoding indication to the second user equipment, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment is configured according to the Demodulating a reference signal and the precoding information for user data demodulation, the demodulation reference signal comprising a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal for performing user data demodulation a DM-RS, wherein the first DM-RS maps a DM-RS at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of a CSI-RS.
- the first device sends the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. Before the location of the demodulation reference signal is sent, the method further includes:
- the first device performs precoding on the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is according to a preset
- the mapping mode maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the method further includes:
- the first device sends first indication information to the second user equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block.
- the first indication information indicates The location includes the location at which the DM-RS is transmitted to the at least one first user equipment.
- the first device sends the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block Previously, it also included:
- the first device sends the second indication information to the at least one first user, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the third device Performing rate matching or interference according to the location where the second user equipment sends the demodulation reference signal, in an eighth possible implementation manner, combining the first aspect, combining the first aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the first type Possible implementation manner, second possible implementation manner, third possible implementation manner, fourth possible implementation manner, fifth possible implementation manner, sixth possible implementation manner, and seventh possible
- the method further includes:
- the first device sends a third indication signaling to the base station, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user.
- the device sends the location of the demodulation reference signal.
- a second aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal, including: receiving, by a second user equipment, configuration information sent by a first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the demodulation reference signal is in the physical The location in the resource block;
- the second user equipment receives the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block, where the location indicated by the configuration information includes the A mapping location of a CSI-RS that has been used and/or unused by the first device, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate data of the second user equipment.
- the second user equipment receives the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block. Previously, it also included:
- the method further includes:
- the second user equipment performs user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information
- the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the first DM-RS is according to CSI.
- the mapping manner of the -RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the demodulation reference signal is a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation after precoding
- the second DM-RS is The preset mapping manner maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the second user equipment is configured by the configuration information in the physical resource block.
- the method further includes: the second user equipment receiving the first indication information sent by the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block;
- the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement according to a location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
- a third aspect of the present invention provides a first device, including:
- a determining module configured to determine a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, where the The location of the demodulation reference signal includes a mapping location of the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is used, and the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate the second user equipment The data;
- a sending module configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
- the sending module is further configured to send the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block.
- the determining module is specifically configured to: determine, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, where to send a demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. .
- the sending module is further configured to:
- the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation.
- the first DM-RS maps the DM-RS at the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
- the first device further includes:
- An encoding module configured to perform precoding on the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is according to a preset
- the mapping mode maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the sending module is further configured to: The second user equipment sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block.
- the sending module is further configured to:
- the sending module is further configured to:
- third indication signaling where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment to send a demodulation reference.
- the location of the signal is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal.
- a fourth aspect of the present invention provides a second user equipment, including:
- a receiving module configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block;
- a determining module configured to determine, according to the configuration information received by the receiving module, a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
- the receiving module is further configured to receive the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device by using the demodulation reference signal determined by the determining module in a location in the physical resource block, where the determining module determines The location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block includes a mapping location of a CSI-RS that has been used and/or unused by the first device, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate the The data of the second user equipment.
- the receiving module is further configured to: receive a precoding indication sent by the first device, according to the fourth aspect;
- the second user equipment further includes:
- a demodulation module configured to perform user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information
- the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, where the first DM-RS is The mapping manner of the CSI-RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the receiving module is further configured to:
- first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block
- Rate matching or interference measurement is performed according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
- a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a first device, including:
- a processor configured to determine a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI that has been used by the first device and/or is not used a mapping position of the RS, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment;
- a transmitter configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
- the transmitter is further configured to transmit the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the processor is specifically configured to: determine, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, where to send a demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. .
- the transmitter is further configured to:
- the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation.
- the first DM-RS maps the DM-RS at the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
- the processor is further configured to: Pre-coding the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is mapped according to a preset mapping manner.
- the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the transmitter is further configured to:
- first indication information Sending, to the second user equipment, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block.
- the transmitter is further configured to:
- third indication signaling where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment to send a demodulation reference.
- the location of the signal is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal.
- a sixth aspect of the present invention provides a second user equipment, including:
- a receiver configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block;
- a processor configured to determine, according to the configuration information received by the receiver, a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
- the receiver is further configured to receive, by the processor, the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a position of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, where the processor determines The location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block includes a mapping location of a CSI-RS that has been used and/or unused by the first device, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate the The data of the second user equipment.
- the receiver is further configured to: receive a precoding indication sent by the first device, according to the sixth aspect;
- the processor is further configured to perform user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information
- the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the first DM-RS is according to CSI.
- the mapping manner of the -RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the receiver is further configured to:
- first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block
- Rate matching or interference measurement is performed according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
- the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, and sends configuration information to the second user equipment to indicate that the demodulation reference signal is in the foregoing physical The location in the resource block.
- the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal includes a mapped location of the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used, therefore, since the first device is defined in the existing LTE system version Rel-10
- the demodulation reference signal is transmitted at the mapping position of the CSI-RS in the above physical resource block, and therefore, downlink user data demodulation of more users can be supported.
- FIG. 1 is a reference signal of a normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10 in a pair of physical resource blocks 2 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention
- a flowchart of interaction between a first device and a second user device according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention
- 5 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of a 4-antenna port in a PRB pair under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10;
- 6 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of a two-antenna port of two configurations in a normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10 in a PRB pair;
- 8 is a resource map of a MU-MIM0 when a second user equipment is spatially multiplexed with a first user equipment;
- FIG. 9 is a flow chart of interaction between a first device and a second user device according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
- 10 is a resource map of MU-MIM0 when two second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in a PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix;
- 11 is a resource map of MU-MIMO when four second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in a PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix;
- 12 is a rate matching diagram of MU-MIMO when four second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in a PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix;
- FIG. 13 is a flow chart of interaction between a first device and a first user device according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 7.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 8.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 9.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 10.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention. detailed description
- FIG. 1 is a resource map of a reference signal of a normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10 in a pair of physical resource blocks.
- the partitioning of resource blocks is performed in both the time domain and the frequency domain.
- a physical resource block corresponds to a time slot of 180 kHz in the frequency domain and a time slot of the time domain, that is, 0.5 milliseconds.
- one slot can transmit 7 consecutive OFDM symbols, and one PRB represents 7 consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain and 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, so one PRB consists of 7 * 12 resource elements (Resource Element, referred to as RE).
- a PRB pair consists of two PRBs, which occupy 14*12 REs.
- the PRB in the figure is composed of small squares of REs of different patterns, and two groups of 0, 1, 2, ..., 6 along the X-axis direction respectively indicate the first time slot and the second time.
- the 7 OFDM symbols of the slot 0, 1, 2, ..., numbered along the y-axis direction, represent 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain.
- a PRB pair may be jointly occupied by a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) and a Physical Downlink Share Channel (PDSCH).
- the PDCCH is used for transmitting the control information, and occupies the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot and 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, that is, 3*12 REs; the PDSCH is used to transmit user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short)
- the data of the PRB is occupied by the rest of the PRBs.
- the demodulation reference signal in the present invention is transmitted in the PDSCH for demodulating the user data transmitted on the PDSCH. The following focuses on the reference signals in a PRB pair.
- the reference signal mainly includes a Common Reference Signal (CRS), a Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS), and a Downlink Modulation-Reference Signal (DM-referred to as DM-).
- CRS Common Reference Signal
- CSI-RS Channel State Information-Reference Signal
- DM-referred to as DM- Downlink Modulation-Reference Signal
- the resource occupied position of the antenna port for transmitting CRS in one PRB pair is represented by horizontal stripe RE
- the available resource positions of all CSI-RSs are represented by cross stripes RE
- the available resource positions of all DM-RSs are positive 45 °
- the diagonal line RE indicates that other REs are used to transmit public control Signaling or user data.
- the existing LTE Rel-10 has a total of eight antenna ports configured for the CSI-RS, and a possible mapping position of all CSI-RSs on one PRB pair, that is, all the cross-strip REs in FIG. 1 , 40 in total;
- the available resource locations of all DM-RSs are 24 REs, and since each DM-RS port corresponds to 12 REs in the available resource locations of the DM-RS, every four DM-RSs occupy the same RE position orthogonally, thus
- the 24 REs correspond to 8 DM-RS antenna ports for transmitting DM-RS, so the prior art supports data demodulation of up to 8 data streams.
- the CSI-RS can be transmitted using 1, 2, 4 or 8 antenna ports.
- CSI-RS has a variety of different location mapping methods for each antenna port number.
- Table 1 shows the indication of the location mapping of CSI-RS for different antenna port numbers under different subframe configurations of a regular cyclic prefix.
- Table 2 shows the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS.
- Table 1 shows the location mapping of CSI-RS in physical resource blocks by the number and location of CSI-RS configurations on different antenna ports.
- Table 2 uses CSI-RS subframe configuration, CSI-RS transmission period and CSI- The subframe offset amount of the RS indicates the subframe number of the CSI-RS to be transmitted.
- the variable that calculates the mapping position of the CSI-RS on a PRB pair may be calculated by using the sequence number of the OFDM symbol in which the RE is located, and the sequence number of the subcarrier in which the RE is located may be Calculated as the time slot number of the current CSI-RS, which is 0 or 1;
- frame structure 1 refers to the Time Division Duplexing (TDD) frame structure of LTE, and frame structure 2 refers to Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure of LTE;
- CSI-RS configuration number indicates different CSI-RS location mapping modes, 20 configurations for frame structure 1 and 32 configurations for frame structure 2
- the number of antenna port configurations of the CSI-RS indicates the number of antenna ports that send CSI-RS, which can be 1, 2, 4 or 8.
- Table 2 shows the subframe configuration / esi - RS of the CSI-RS, the transmission period r esi _ RS of the CSI-RS, and the subframe offset A csi _ rs of the CSI-RS.
- the unit of the transmission period ⁇ is 1 subframe, that is, 1 millisecond.
- the sending period of the CSI-RS indicates an interval between the subframe numbers of the CSI-RS, and the value of the CSI-RS subframe offset is determined by the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS, and is used to indicate the CSI-RS.
- the starting transmission subframe number is 1 subframe, that is, 1 millisecond.
- the number of values of the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS and the subframe offset of the CSI-RS are the same under the premise that the transmission period of the CSI-RS is determined.
- the CSI-RS transmission period is configured to be 5 milliseconds
- the CSI-RS subframe configuration and the CSI-RS subframe offset can be configured as any integer value from 0 to 4, if the CSI-RS is to be used. If the subframe configuration is set to 0, the value of the CSI-RS subframe offset is also 0. In this configuration, the CSI-RS will be in the subframe with the subframe number 0, 5, 10...
- the CSI-RS subframe configuration can be configured as 5 ⁇ 14. If the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS is set to 5, the value of the CSI-RS subframe offset is 0. In this configuration, the CSI-RS will have a subframe number of 0. The transmission is performed on the subframes of 10, 20 ⁇ , that is, every 10 subframes are sent once, and the rest of the configurations are similar, and are not described here.
- the CSI-RS transmitted by the 1 antenna port and the 2 antenna port can have 20 or 32 different position mapping modes, and the CSI-RS in each position mapping mode is in one PRB.
- the CSI-RS sent by the 4 antenna ports can have 10 different location mapping modes.
- the CSI-RS in each location mapping mode occupies 4 REs on one PRB pair; 8 antenna ports send The CSI-RS can have five different location mapping modes, and the CSI-RS in each location mapping mode occupies 8 REs on one PRB pair.
- the time and frequency position at which the CSI-RS is transmitted can be indicated according to Table 1 and Table 2.
- the base station can configure the UE with zero-power CSI-RS or non-zero-power CSI-RS.
- the base station may send zero-power CSI-RS signaling to indicate a zero-power CSI-RS for the UE, so that the UE may perform interference on the CSI-RS mapping position indicated by the zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
- the base station may also indicate non-zero-power CSI-RS for the UE by sending non-zero-power CSI-RS signaling to enable the UE to map the CSI-RS indicated by the non-zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
- Channel State Information (CSI) measurement is performed on the channel state information.
- the above two types of signaling have the same structure, and are all used to indicate the mapping location of the CSI-RS, which are collectively referred to as CSI-RS configuration information.
- FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. As shown in FIG.
- the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps: Step S100: The first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, and sends a demodulation reference signal.
- the location includes a mapped location of the CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is unused, and the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment.
- Step S101 The first device sends configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
- Step S102 The first device sends a demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is a first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having an inter-UE communication function.
- the demodulation reference signal is sent to the second user equipment by the base station, and the demodulation reference signal used for data demodulation of the second user equipment may be called a downlink demodulation reference signal.
- the demodulation reference signal is still used for data demodulation of the second user equipment, but there is no uplink or downlink.
- the prior art implements user data demodulation with DM-RS, and the available DM-RS has limited resource locations, as shown in FIG. 1, the existing DM-RS cannot simultaneously support data of more than 8 data streams. Demodulation, if each data stream corresponds to one user, that is, the prior art supports up to 8 users at the same time.
- the first device may not send the demodulation reference signal at the location of the DM-RS, but use the available resource location of the CSI-RS as shown in FIG. 1 as the location for transmitting the demodulation reference signal, thereby realizing More user data demodulation.
- the location of the above-mentioned transmit demodulation reference signal includes a mapped position that has been used, is not used, and has been used with any of the unused CSI-RSs.
- the first device may determine to transmit a demodulation reference signal at a mapped location of the CSI-RS that it has used. That is, the first device may determine to transmit a demodulation reference signal to the second user equipment with the mapping location of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first user equipment.
- the first user equipment here, hereinafter referred to as the first UE
- the second user equipment hereinafter referred to as the second UE
- the old version of LTE refers to This application introduces the previous version of the LTE protocol.
- the new version of LTE is the LTE version introduced in this application.
- the old version is the version before LTE Rel-n, the new version.
- the second UE, the first UE, the new LTE version, and the old LTE version described below all follow the definition herein.
- the first device may determine to transmit a demodulation reference signal at a mapped position of its unused CSI-RS. That is, the first device may subtract the mapping position of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE with the mapping position of all available CSI-RSs, and then determine to transmit the demodulation with the mapping position of the remaining CSI-RSs. Reference signal.
- the first device may also adopt the foregoing two implementation manners.
- the combination is used to determine the location at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted. That is, the first device may determine that the demodulation reference signal is sent to the second UE by using the mapping location of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE, and may be subtracted from the mapping position of all available CSI-RSs. The mapped position of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE, and then determines to transmit the demodulation reference signal with the mapped position of the remaining CSI-RS.
- mapping position how to map the above demodulation reference signal to the already used, or unused, or the mapping position of the unused CSI-RS has been used, that is, specifically to FIG. 1, if The mapping location of the CSI-RS that the first device can use (including the mapping location where the unused CSI-RS has been used) is the resource location composed of all the cross stripes RE, then the first device sends the above solution on one PRB pair.
- the position of the reference signal does not exceed the resource position of all the cross stripes RE in FIG.
- the demodulation reference signal may be a CSI-RS, or may be a first DM-RS or a second DM-RS.
- the CSI-RS is a reference signal used in the prior art to perform a channel state information (CSI) measurement operation;
- the first DM-RS is a pre-coded solution for performing data demodulation.
- the second DM-RS is precoded for Demodulation reference signal for data demodulation, in terms of resource mapping manner, it maps the DM-RS at the position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a preset mapping manner, where the preset mapping is performed.
- the mode may be any preset manner different from the mapping mode of the CSI-RS.
- the first DM-RS and the second DM-RS are different from the DM-RS in the prior art, that is, the DM-RS on the positive 45° diagonal line RE in FIG. 1, and the difference here is only They are said to have different mapping positions in a PRB pair, but the specific sequence generation method is not limited, and may be the same as or different from the existing DM-RS, or may be the same as or different from the existing CSI-RS.
- the first DM-RS and the second DM-RS are not mapped on the positive 45 ° diagonal line RE, but are mapped on the resource locations composed of the cross stripes RE.
- the first device may send the second UE to the second UE.
- the configuration information is used to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
- the demodulation reference signal may be sent at the location of the physical resource block in which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted. Since the configuration information is sent by the first device, the second UE may receive the demodulation reference signal at the location of the foregoing demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to the configuration information, thereby completing data demodulation.
- the number of second UEs is not limited here, that is, the demodulation reference signal can be used for data demodulation of at least one second UE, that is, the first device only needs to guarantee the solution sent to multiple second UEs.
- the location set of the reference signal does not exceed the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal, and the respective demodulation reference signals may be sent to the at least one second UE in the same physical resource block, so that the at least one second UE can be used.
- the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes that the first device has been used, or is not used. Or mapping location of the unused CSI-RS that has been used, and transmitting configuration information to the second UE to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing physical resource block, so that the second UE can be based on the received solution
- the reference signal is adjusted for data demodulation. Since the first set of alternate locations for transmitting the demodulation reference signal transmits the demodulation reference signal, more user data demodulation can be supported.
- Step S200 The second UE receives configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the demodulation reference signal is The location in the physical resource block.
- Step S201 The second UE receives, at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block, a demodulation reference signal sent by the first device, where the location indicated by the configuration information includes a CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used.
- the mapping position, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate the data of the second user equipment.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is a second UE.
- the second UE may be UE corresponding to the new version of LTE.
- the second UE After the first device sends the configuration information and the demodulation reference signal to the second UE, the second UE needs to receive the configuration information and the demodulation reference signal.
- the second UE may determine a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to the received configuration information, and receive the demodulation reference signal at a location indicated by the configuration information.
- the second UE receives the demodulation reference signal at the position indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block according to the configuration information, thereby performing data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal. Since the demodulation reference signal of the second UE is used at the mapping position of the unused CSI-RS that has been used by the first device, or is not used, the data demodulation of more users can be implemented. .
- FIG. 4 is a flow chart of interaction between a first device and a second user device according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
- the specific interaction process between the first device and the second user equipment, that is, the second UE, when the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device is the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is described in detail.
- the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps:
- Step S300 The first device determines, where the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the first device may determine a location for transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS.
- the location where the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is transmitted includes the mapped location that has been used, or is not used, or has been used with the unused CSI-RS.
- the mapping position of the above CSI-RS is a set of locations of all REs for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10. Specific to Figure 1, it is the resource location composed of all cross stripes RE.
- the first device determines to send the CSI-RS or the first DM to the second UE.
- the location of the -RS is the same as the mapping location of the CSI-RS sent to the first UE.
- the first device may send the CSI-RS as the demodulation reference signal of the second UE. Since the transmission of the CSI-RS is full bandwidth, the second UE may also receive the CSI-RS sent by the first device to the first UE, that is, the mapping position of the first device at the CSI-RS at this time.
- the demodulation reference signal sent to the second UE is the CSI-RS transmitted to the first UE at the mapping position of the CSI-RS.
- the first device may send the first DM-RS as the demodulation reference signal of the second UE. That is, the first device may send the first DM-RS on the mapping location of the CSI-RS of the first UE.
- the mapping location of the CSI-RS is already used to place the CSI-RS of the first UE, The first DM-RS is sent to the second UE at the same location, which may cause interference. Therefore, this implementation can be used as a sub-optimal solution.
- the first device does not need to configure a mapping location of the new CSI-RS for the second UE, and does not need to send a new CSI-RS for the second UE, but only needs to notify the second
- the UE can perform data demodulation on the mapping position of the CSI-RS of the existing device.
- the first device determines to send the location of the demodulation reference signal to the second UE.
- the mapping position of the remaining CSI-RSs after the mapping position of all available CSI-RSs of the first device is subtracted from the mapping position of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE.
- the first device may send the CSI-RS as the demodulation reference signal of the second UE. .
- the first device may send the CSI-RS as an demodulation reference signal at the unused CSI-RS mapping location.
- the first device does not reuse the mapping position of the used CSI-RS, but uses The mapping position of the new CSI-RS transmits a demodulation reference signal, that is, the first device needs to configure a CSI-RS resource other than the CSI-RS of the first UE for the second UE as a demodulation reference signal.
- the first device may send the first DM-RS as the demodulation reference signal of the second UE.
- the situation at this time is similar to the case of the first implementation of this paragraph, except that the sequence generation method of the first DM-RS may be different from the CSI-RS.
- the first device determines to send a demodulation reference to the second UE.
- the location of the signal is the sum of the mapped locations of the CSI-RS that the first device has used plus unused.
- the specific implementation manner is the same as the description of the foregoing first case, when the foregoing CSI-RS or When the location of the first DM-RS is the mapping location of the unused CSI-RS, the specific implementation manner is the same as that in the previous case, and details are not described herein again. It should be noted that, since the CSI-RS is used for channel state information (CSI) measurement, the first device does not pre-code the CSI-RS when transmitting the CSI-RS.
- CSI channel state information
- the first device further needs to send precoding indication information to the second UE, so that the second UE can perform data demodulation according to the CSI-RS and the precoding information. Since the first DM-RS is also not precoded, as in the case of the CSI-RS, precoding indication information needs to be transmitted for the second UE.
- the CSI-RS is transmitted to the existing UE by using the full bandwidth.
- the first device may determine the full bandwidth or The CSI-RS is transmitted on the dedicated bandwidth of the second UE. Similarly, the first device may also determine to transmit the first DM-RS on the full bandwidth or on the dedicated bandwidth of the second UE. That is to say, the transmission bandwidth of the above demodulation reference signal is not limited herein.
- Step S301 The first device sends configuration information to the second UE, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS in the physical resource block.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the first information needs to be sent to the second UE to indicate that the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is in the physical resource. The position in the block.
- the first DM-RS is also mapped to the physical resource block according to the mapping manner of the CSI-RS. Therefore, the first device can be defined in the LTE Rel-10.
- the non-zero power CSI-RS signaling is used as configuration information to notify the second UE of the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
- the non-zero-power CSI-RS signaling is sent by the base station to the UE for indicating the location of the CSI-RS in the physical resource block.
- the non-zero-power CSI-RS signaling includes the following parameters in Table 1 and Table 2: CSI-RS configuration number, CSI-RS antenna port configuration number, CSI-RS subframe configuration, CSI - The transmission period of the RS and the subframe offset of the CSI-RS.
- the first device can indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block for the second UE.
- the foregoing non-zero power CSI-RS signaling further includes a power on each RE of the PDSCH and each of the locations of the foregoing CSI-RS or the first DM-RS.
- the first device may be configured to be in the downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI for short), and then sent to the second UE, to indicate that the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is in the physical resource.
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- the first device may also use the Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling to indicate to the second UE, in view of the fact that the CSI-RS signaling of the non-zero power corresponds to more signaling words.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- the first device needs to explicitly specify that the mapping location of the CSI-RS indicated by the non-zero power CSI-RS signaling is used for data demodulation of the second UE.
- Step S302 The first device sends a precoding indication to the second UE.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the data sent by the first device to the second UE is pre-coded data. Therefore, in order to perform data solution for the second UE.
- the first device further needs to send a precoding indication to the second UE, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second UE, so that the second UE can be according to the CSI-RS or the first DM- RS, and the above precoding information for data demodulation.
- the first device needs to use at least two signaling words to indicate the foregoing precoding information, and one signaling word is a transmit precoding matrix indication (Transmitted) Precoding Matrix Indicator (TPMI), another signaling word is the PMI acknowledgment signal word.
- TPMI transmit precoding matrix indication
- the first device may use the TPMI to indicate which codeword in the codebook specified in the LTE Rel-8 and subsequent evolved protocols is used on the bandwidth for transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS; The signaling is used to indicate which precoded codeword is used for the data sent to the second UE.
- the number of bits in the TPMI is not less than the number of codewords in the codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports in which the data of the second UE is sent by the first device, for example, there are 4 codewords in the codebook corresponding to the 2 antenna ports, so TPMI The minimum can be 2 bits; 4 antenna ports have 16 code words in the codebook, so the TPMI can be 4 bits minimum; 8 antenna ports have 64 code words in the codebook, so the TPMI can be 8 bits minimum; When there are more antenna ports to send data, such as 32 antenna ports, then TPMI The number of bits should be not less than the number of codewords in the codebook corresponding to the 32 antenna ports. For example, the TPMI can be a minimum of 32 bits.
- the number of bits of the PMI acknowledgment signal is not particularly limited as long as it can indicate which precoded codeword is used for the data transmitted to the second UE.
- PMI acknowledgment signaling can be represented by 1 bit. If its value is 0, it means that the codeword indicated by TPMI is used for precoding; if its value is 1, it means that the last pass is used.
- the non-periodic CSI reports the PMI value of the first device. For different systems, the most recent aperiodic CSI reporting interval value is different.
- the FDD system is 4 milliseconds and the TDD system has a minimum interval of 4 milliseconds.
- the uplink and downlink configuration ratios are different, and the above interval values are also different. The specific values may be performed in accordance with the LTE protocol TDD related regulations.
- the foregoing signaling word may be sent to the second UE by the first device as part of a certain signaling. Since the TPMI and PMI acknowledgment signal words are used for data demodulation, the TPMI and PMI acknowledgment signal words should be indicated by fast signaling. In LTE, this fast signaling can be DCI. In order to implement the above indication, a new DCI needs to be designed to carry the above precoding indication therein. It should be noted that the new DCI must include at least two signaling words, TPMI and PMI acknowledgement. Of course, RRC signaling can also be used to indicate the TPMI and the PMI confirmation message.
- step S302 is performed only when the first device does not precode the data, that is, if the first device The data is pre-coded, and the second UE can directly perform data demodulation by using the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device.
- the demodulation reference signal at this time may be the second DM-RS.
- Step S303 The first device sends the first indication information to the second UE.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the second UE multiplexes the same physical resource block with other devices, that is, not only the demodulation reference signal and data of the second UE but also the demodulation reference signal of the other device are on the same physical resource block.
- the first device needs to send the first indication information to the second UE.
- other devices herein may be the first UE defined in the foregoing or the remaining second UE.
- the first indication information is used to indicate that the second UE performs the rate in the physical resource block. Match or interfere with the location of the measurement. That is, the second UE may perform rate matching or interference measurement operations according to the location indicated by the first indication information. In practice, specifically whether to perform rate matching or interference measurement at the location is determined by the first device scheduling.
- the physical resource block includes at least one location where the first UE sends the DM-RS, that is, at least one of the first UE and the second UE share the same physical resource block.
- the location indicated by the indication information needs to include the location of the DM-RS of all the first UEs in the physical resource block.
- the second UE needs to perform rate matching or interference measurement on the location of the DM-RS of all the first UEs indicated by the first indication information.
- the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS may be used to demodulate data of two or more second UEs
- the physical resource block includes at least one demodulation reference signal of the second UE
- the location indicated by the first indication information needs to include the location of the demodulation reference signal sent to the second UE of the two or more second UEs other than the second UE on the physical resource block, that is, the second UE needs Rate matching or interference measurement is performed at the position of the demodulation reference signal of the remaining second UEs indicated by the first indication information.
- the first indication information may be zero-power CSI-RS signaling in the existing protocol.
- the upper RRC signaling informs the UE that the current CSI-RS configuration information is specifically which of the two. It should be noted that the sequence of steps S301, S302, and S303 is not limited herein, that is, in practice, the order of execution of the three may be flexibly adjusted.
- the foregoing configuration information, the first indication information, and the second indication information may be sent by one signaling, or may be divided into two or three signaling.
- Step S304 The first device sends a CSI-RS in a location where the CSI-RS is sent in the physical resource block, or the first device sends the first DM-RS in a location where the first DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the CSI-RS or the CSI-RS may be sent to the second UE.
- the first DM-RS may be sent to the second UE.
- the first device may send a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS.
- the steps S300 and S304 need to be performed sequentially, as for signaling and CSI-RS or first
- the order in which DM-RSs are sent is not strictly limited.
- the first device may further send third indication signaling to the base station, where the base station refers to a device that has a base station transmitting function, and does not specifically refer to an existing base station.
- the foregoing third indication signaling is used to indicate a CSI-RS of the second UE or a location of the first DM-RS in the physical resource block, so that the base station reserves the CSI-RS or the first DM of the second UE. The location of the RS in the physical resource block.
- the first device may send information about a CSI-RS sent by the second UE or a resource location occupied by the first DM-RS to a neighboring cell or
- the transmitter that is, the base station, allows the neighboring cell or transmitter to vacate the corresponding resource location to protect the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS transmitted by the first device.
- Step S305 The second UE receives configuration information sent by the first device.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE.
- the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
- the first device needs to receive the configuration information
- the second UE needs to receive the configuration information, and determine, according to the configuration information, a location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS in the physical resource block.
- Step S306 The second UE receives the precoding indication sent by the first device.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE.
- the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
- the first UE needs to receive the precoding indication to the second UE , and therefore, the second UE needs to receive the precoding indication, and acquire precoding information of the data of the second UE according to the precoding indication.
- Step S307 The second UE receives the first indication information sent by the first device.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE.
- the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
- the first device sends the first indication information to the second UE, so the second UE needs to receive the first indication information, and performs rate matching according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information. Or interfere with the measurement.
- Step S308 The second UE performs rate matching or interference measurement according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE.
- the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
- the second UE may perform rate matching or interference measurement according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the signaling.
- the sequence of steps S306, S307, and S308 is not limited herein.
- the order in which the second UE performs the above three steps may or may not correspond to the order of the first device.
- the transmission of the first device and the reception sequence of the second UE may be flexibly adjusted as needed.
- Step S309 The second UE receives the CSI-RS sent by the first device in the location where the CSI-RS is sent in the physical resource block, or the second UE sends the first device in the location where the first DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE.
- the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
- the first device needs to receive the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS by sending the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS to the second UE.
- the second UE needs to receive the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS in the location of the CSI-RS indicated by the configuration information or the location of the first DM-RS in the physical resource block.
- Step S310 The second UE performs user data demodulation according to the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS and the precoding information.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE.
- the second UE may be
- the UE corresponding to the new version of LTE.
- the second UE since the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device to the second UE is a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS, that is, a reference signal that is not precoded, the second UE needs to integrate the CSI-RS or The first DM-RS and the precoding information indicated by the precoding indication described above perform user data demodulation, that is, demodulation of data of the second UE.
- the second UE receives the signaling and then receives the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS.
- the order of sending the first device is not fixed. Therefore, the order of receiving the second UE is not strictly limited.
- the resource occupancy map on the PRB pair in FIG. 1 is combined below. For example, how the first base station determines the location of transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the location mapping manner of different CSI-RSs of Table 1, thereby flexibly supporting more user demodulation.
- Figure 5 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of a 4-antenna port in a PRB pair under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10.
- the representation of RE in the different patterns in Fig. 5 has the same meaning as in Fig. 1, and will not be described again here.
- the first device may send the demodulation reference signal, g ⁇ CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the CSI-RS mapping position shown in FIG. 5.
- the CSI-RS occupies 4 REs in a PRB pair, that is, the cross-strip RE in the figure. That is, the first device can send the CSI-RS or the CSI-RS at the location of the above four REs.
- the location of the above four REs may be a mapping location that has been used or not used by the first device or that has been used with an unused CSI-RS.
- the first device may notify the location of the four REs of the second UE by using non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
- the first device may configure the number of antenna ports for transmitting CSI-RS to 4, and configure the CSI-RS configuration number as 0, the position mapping mode of the CSI-RS of the above four antenna ports can be indicated.
- the relevant parameters in Table 2 need to be configured to indicate the sequence number of the subframe in which the CSI-RS is transmitted, and the configuration manner is the same as that in Table 2.
- the following embodiment only briefly describes the CSI-RS configuration number configuration and the number of transmitted antenna ports when the CSI-RS is mapped in different locations in the physical resource block. The configuration of Table 2 will not be described again.
- the number of REs occupied by the demodulation reference signal required for demodulating a data stream is different, that is, the number of REs required for data demodulation of one data stream is different, and therefore, the above 4
- the four REs occupied by the CSI-RS of the antenna ports are allocated differently.
- the first device can simultaneously support data demodulation of two data streams at the same time; if one data stream The data demodulation needs to average the number of REs corresponding to one CSI-RS antenna port, that is, one RE, and the first device of the first device can simultaneously support data demodulation of four data streams at the same time.
- the data demodulation of one data stream requires the number of REs corresponding to two CSI-RS antenna ports as an example.
- the first device may determine how to allocate the two data streams according to the number of the second UEs that are actually supported and the number of data streams that each second UE needs.
- the first device may support a second UE with a data stream number of 2 by using the foregoing four REs; the first device may also support two second UEs with two data streams of 1.
- the above four antenna ports are CSI-RS antenna ports used for transmitting CSI-RS, and are not limited herein between the antenna port that sends the CSI-RS from the first device and the physical antenna port of the first device. Mapping relations.
- multiple physical antenna ports may be virtualized into one antenna port for transmitting CSI-RS.
- the virtual mode may be dynamically selecting one of multiple physical antenna ports, or generating a CSI-RS antenna port by precoding multiple physical antenna ports.
- the first device may further determine, in the physical resource block, a location for transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the channel state information of the second UE. That is, for the second UE in different environments, the first device may use other configured CSI-RSs different from the CSI-RS occupation position in FIG. 5 for transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS.
- FIG. 5 shows The location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is relatively stable in time, and thus is more suitable for a scenario in which the frequency domain selectivity of the channel of the second UE is strong.
- the first device may also select another CSI-RS location mapping manner, so that the demodulation reference signals sent to the second UE can be staggered in the time domain and the frequency domain.
- Figure 6 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of a two-antenna port of two configurations under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10 in a PRB pair.
- the representation of RE in the different patterns in Fig. 6 has the same meaning as in Fig. 1, and will not be described here.
- the difference from FIG. 5 is that the four cross stripes RE in FIG. 6 can correspond to the position mapping manner of the CSI-RS when the two 2-antenna ports in Table 1 are used.
- the first device may configure the number of antenna ports for transmitting the CSI-RS to be 2, and configure the CSI-RS configuration number to be 0 and 19, thereby indicating the CSI-RS of the two 2-antenna ports.
- the location mapping method may be used to determine the number of antenna ports for transmitting the CSI-RS to be 2, and configure the CSI-RS configuration number to be 0 and 19, thereby indicating the CSI-RS of the two 2-antenna ports.
- the first device transmits the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the CSI-RS mapping position shown in FIG. 6, as described above with respect to FIG. 5, the data is demodulated according to each data stream.
- the number of REs required is different, and the first device can also support data demodulation of 2 or 4 data streams at the same time.
- the description is the same as that for FIG. 5, and details are not described herein again.
- the first device may also send the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS at more CSI-RS mapping locations according to the number of data streams that need to be supported, as illustrated in conjunction with FIG. 7.
- Figure 7 shows the CSI-RS of an 8-antenna port under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10.
- RE of the different patterns in Fig. 7 has the same meaning as Fig. 1, and will not be described again here.
- the eight cross stripes RE in FIG. 7 can correspond to the position mapping manner of the CSI-RS when the two 4-antenna ports in Table 1 are used.
- the first device may configure the number of antenna ports for transmitting the CSI-RS to be 4, and configure the CSI-RS configuration number to be 0 and 9, thereby indicating the CSI-RS of the two 4-antenna ports.
- the location mapping method may be used to determine the number of antenna ports for transmitting the CSI-RS to be 4, and configure the CSI-RS configuration number to be 0 and 9, thereby indicating the CSI-RS of the two 4-antenna ports.
- the first device transmits the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the CSI-RS mapping position shown in FIG. 7, the same, as described above with respect to FIG. 5, according to each data stream
- the number of REs required for data demodulation is different.
- the first device can simultaneously support data demodulation of 2 or 4 or 8 data streams at the same time.
- the data demodulation of the first device that can support up to eight data streams at the same time is taken as an example.
- the number of users, the number of second UEs that the first device can support according to actual needs, and the number of data streams required by each second UE. determine how to allocate the above 8 data streams.
- the first device can support a second UE with a data flow number of 8 by using the foregoing 8 REs; the first device can also support two second UEs with two data streams of 4. The first device can also support four. The second UE with 2 data streams.
- the first device when the first device sends the CSI-RS on the full bandwidth, the first device may be a UE located on different bandwidths. Configure the same CSI-RS for demodulation, or configure different CSI-RS for demodulation.
- the configuration information when the first device transmits the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS by using the CSI-RS mapping location, the configuration information, that is, the above step S301, is used to implement data demodulation.
- the configuration information of the CSI-RS is sent to the second UE, so that data demodulation of more data streams can be implemented, thereby supporting more UEs.
- There is more support here including the data demodulation of the second UE implemented by CSI-RS on different bandwidths as described above, and the MU-MIMO of the second UE and the first UE.
- FIG. 8 is a resource map of a MU-MIMO when a second user equipment performs space division multiplexing with a first user equipment.
- RE of the different patterns in FIG. 8 has the same meaning as FIG. 1 and will not be described again here.
- the number of the first UE is not limited here, and the positive 45° diagonal line RE in the left figure in the figure and the negative 45° multiple diagonal line RE in the right figure are all the first UEs. Maximum The resource location of the DM-RS that can be occupied.
- the cross-strip RE in the left graph of FIG. 8 indicates the mapping positions of CSI-RSs used by the first UE, and these CSI-RSs may be CSI-RSs of non-zero power or CSI-RSs of zero power.
- the CSI-RS is not used in each of the first UEs, and the location mapping manner is the same as the prior art.
- the cross-strip RE in the graph on the right side of FIG. 8 indicates the mapping position of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS used by the second UE for data demodulation.
- the two UEs do not need to use the DM-RS location of the existing device for data demodulation, but occupy the mapping position of the CSI-RS of the first UE, thus implementing MU-MIMO of the second UE and the first UE.
- the second UE needs to be in the existing device.
- the rate matching is performed, that is, the position of the DM-RS of the first UE indicated by the negative 45 ° multiple diagonal lines RE in the right figure of FIG.
- the second UE only needs to perform rate matching on the resource location of the DM-RS actually occupied by the existing device.
- the first device further needs to indicate to the second UE at which locations the rate matching is performed according to the description of step S303 above.
- FIG. 8 does not limit the number of second UEs.
- the eight REs at this time may correspond to the CSI-RS location mapping manner of an 8-antenna port, and may also be The position mapping manner of the CSI-RS corresponding to the two 4-antenna ports is also as described above with respect to FIG. 5.
- the above-mentioned eight REs may be the largest.
- the data demodulation of two or four or eight data streams is supported at the same time, and the eight data streams are supported as an example. How to allocate the above eight data streams is the same as that described with reference to FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again. That is, the first device may configure a plurality of different second UEs to use different CSI-RSs to implement space division multiplexing with the MU-MIMO of the first UE on the same time-frequency resource.
- the DM-RS of the first UE supports up to 8 data streams at the same time
- the eight cross-strip REs occupied by the UE can also support up to eight data streams at the same time. Therefore, the first device can simultaneously support data demodulation of 16 data streams at the same time. Compared with the prior art, the space division multiplexing of the first device The MU-MIMO capability has doubled.
- the method for transmitting the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing embodiment does not need to design a new DM-RS resource mapping manner for the second UE, and does not need to occupy the location of the DM-RS of the first UE, only by the Determining, by the device according to the actual channel condition of the second UE, that the demodulation reference signal is sent in a mapping position of the physical resource block that has been used by the first device, or is not used, or has been used and added to the unused CSI-RS, That is, the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS, and using the existing signaling to notify the location of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE, the second UE can complete the data demodulation, and therefore, without additional overhead.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart of interaction between a first device and a second user device according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention. This embodiment details the specific interaction process between the first device and the second user equipment, that is, the second UE, when the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device is the second DM-RS. As shown in FIG. 9, the method for transmitting the demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps:
- Step S400 The first device determines a location of sending the second DM-RS in the physical resource block.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the first device may determine a location where the second DM-RS is sent.
- the location where the second DM-RS is transmitted includes the mapped location that has been used, or is not used, or has been used with the unused CSI-RS.
- the mapping position of the above CSI-RS is a set of locations of all REs for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10. Specifically, Figure 1, which is the resource location of all the cross stripes RE.
- the first device determines to send the location of the second DM-RS to the second UE and sends it to the first
- the mapping position of a UE's CSI-RS is the same.
- the first device may send the second DM-RS on the mapping location of the CSI-RS of the first UE.
- the mapping location of the CSI-RS is already used to place the CSI-RS of the first UE,
- the second DM-RS is sent to the second UE at the same location, which may cause interference. Therefore, this implementation can be used as a sub-optimal solution.
- the first device does not need to configure the mapping location of the new CSI-RS for the second UE, but only needs to notify the second UE to do the mapping location of the CSI-RS of the existing device. Data demodulation is sufficient.
- the first device determines that the location of sending the second DM-RS to the second UE is the first The mapping position of all available CSI-RSs of the device minus the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE After mapping the location, the remaining CSI-RS mapping locations. Specifically, since the first device does not use the location for sending the second DM-RS, the first device may send the second DM-RS as the demodulation reference signal in the unused CSI-RS mapping location.
- the first device does not reuse the mapping position of the used CSI-RS, but uses The mapping position of the new CSI-RS transmits a demodulation reference signal.
- the first device determines to send the location of the second DM-RS to the second UE.
- the sum of the mapped locations of the unused CSI-RSs has been used for the first device.
- the specific implementation manner is the same as the description of the foregoing first case, when the locations of the foregoing second DM-RSs are respectively unused.
- the specific implementation manner is the same as that in the previous case, and details are not described herein again.
- the foregoing second DM-RS is only transmitted at the location where the second DM-RS is sent, but the specific location mapping manner is different from the location mapping manner of the CSI-RS, and The second DM-RS is pre-coded by the first device. Therefore, the first device does not need to send the pre-coding indication information to the second UE, and the second UE may perform data demodulation according to the second DM-RS. In addition, the first device may not pre-code the second DM-RS, that is, the step S402 is not performed, and the other steps are the same as the second DM without pre-coding, except that S409 should be the same as step S310.
- the first device does not precode the second DM-RS, it needs to send a precoding indication before S404 as described in Embodiment 2, and receive the foregoing precoding indication after S405, the specific process
- the transmission and reception precoding indications are the same as those of the previous embodiment, and are not described herein again.
- the second DM-RS may be configured with different location mapping sets in advance.
- the CSI-RS configuration manners in Table 1 and Table 2 may be used to determine the available location of the second DM-RS in advance.
- the device needs to indicate, for the second UE, the specific RE location of the second DM-RS and the location mapping set of the second DM-RS.
- the bandwidth of the second DM-RS sent by the first device is not less than the bandwidth of the data of the second UE.
- the first device may select the RE of the corresponding density for the second DM-RS according to the actual channel condition of the second UE.
- Step S401 The first device sends configuration information to the second UE, where the configuration information is used to indicate the second The location of the DM-RS in the physical resource block.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the configuration information needs to be sent to the second UE to indicate that the second DM-RS is in the physical The location in the resource block.
- the location mapping set of the second DM-RS is newly defined, new signaling needs to be designed as configuration information.
- the design format of the non-zero power CSI-RS signaling in step S301 that is, the parameters shown in Table 1 and Table 2, the configuration number of the second DM-RS, and the number of antenna port configurations.
- the first device may be configured to perform the downlink control information (Downlink Control Organization, DCI), and then send the information to the second UE to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
- DCI Downlink Control Organization
- the first device may also use the Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling to indicate to the second UE, in the case of the indication, the first The device needs to explicitly specify that the mapping location of the CSI-RS indicated by the foregoing configuration information is used for data demodulation of the second UE.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- the first device needs to send a pC value for the second UE, except that for the second DM-RS, the ratio is The pC can be fixed by means of a protocol, so no additional signaling is required to indicate.
- Step S402 The first device performs precoding on the second DM-RS.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the first device may pre-code the second DM-RS, so that the second UE may perform data demodulation according to the second DM-RS.
- the precoding mode of the second DM-RS is the same as that of the DM-RS of the first UE in the prior art, and is not described here.
- Step S403 The first device sends the first indication information to the second UE.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- step S303 The detailed description of the step is the same as step S303, except that the second DM-RS is not
- the CSI-RS is mapped in the physical resource block according to the location mapping manner of the CSI-RS. Therefore, the first indication information here cannot be implemented by zero-power CSI-RS signaling. However, in practice, zero-power CSI may be borrowed.
- the format of the RS signaling is used to design the first indication information.
- steps S401, S402, and S403 is not limited herein, that is, in practice, the order of execution of the three may be flexibly adjusted.
- Step S404 The first device sends a second DM-RS in a location where the second DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the first device determines the location of the second DM-RS that is sent to the second UE, that is, the location of the second DM-RS, and sends the relevant signaling to the second UE.
- the two UEs send the second DM-RS.
- the first device may send the second DM-RS by sending signaling first, but only the step S400 is defined here. S404 needs to be executed one after another. As for the signaling and the transmission of the second DM-RS, it is not strictly limited.
- the first device may further send third indication signaling to the base station, where the base station refers to a device that has a base station transmitting function, and does not specifically refer to an existing base station.
- the foregoing third indication signaling is used to indicate a location of the second DM-RS of the second UE in the physical resource block, so that the base station reserves the location of the second DM-RS of the second UE in the physical resource block.
- the first device may send information about resource locations occupied by the second DM-RS of the second UE to the neighboring cell or transmitter, that is, the base station. So that the neighboring cell or the transmitter vacates the corresponding resource location to protect the second DM-RS sent by the first device.
- Step S405 The second UE receives configuration information sent by the first device.
- Step S406 The second UE receives the first indication information sent by the first device.
- Step S407 The second UE performs rate matching or interference measurement according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
- Step S408 The second UE receives the second DM-RS sent by the first device in a location where the second DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
- step S405 is the same as the description of step S305, and steps S406 ⁇ S408 and the step S307-S309 are the same, except that the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS in step S305, S307-S309 needs to be replaced with the second DM-RS.
- Step S409 The second UE performs user data demodulation according to the second DM-RS.
- the executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE.
- the second UE may be
- the UE corresponding to the new version of LTE.
- the demodulation reference signal of the second UE sent by the first device is a second DM-RS, which is a pre-coded reference signal. Therefore, the second UE may perform user data solution according to the second DM-RS. Tuning, that is, demodulation of data of the second UE.
- the second UE since the first device is the first signaling to retransmit the second DM-RS, the second UE receives the signaling first and then receives the second DM-RS.
- the order of transmission of the first device is not fixed. Therefore, the order of receiving the second UE is not strictly limited herein.
- the second DM-RS Since the second DM-RS only maps the location of the second DM-RS, it is mapped differently from the CSI-RS. This difference is reflected in that the CSI-RS is the same on all PRB pairs, and the second DM-RS can be the same or different on the adjacent PRB.
- Figure 10 is a resource map of MU-MIMO when two second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in a PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix.
- the representation of RE in the different patterns in Fig. 10 has the same meaning as in Fig. 1, and will not be described here.
- UE1 and UE2 are both UEs, and the cross stripes in the figure indicate the RE positions occupied by their second DM-RSs. From left to right, from top to bottom, the first picture is the RE position occupied by the second DM-RS of UE1, the second picture is the RE position occupied by the second DM-RS of UE2, and the third picture is UE1 The RE location shared with the second DM-RS of UE2.
- the resource mapping pattern of the second DM-RS on each of the PRBs of the UE1 and the UE2 is the same, although the RE locations occupied by the second DM-RSs of the UE1 and the UE2 are different from the location mapping manner of the CSI-RS, that is,
- the corresponding CSI-RS configuration number in Table 1 corresponds to this RE arrangement, but the resources occupied by the second DM-RS of UE1 and UE2 are merged, that is, from left to right, the third picture from top to bottom, At this time, UE1 and UE2 jointly occupy 16 REs, and the resources occupied by the two UEs can be represented by the location mapping manner of CSI-RSs of four 4-antenna ports.
- the CSI-RS of the power is indicated to the first UE.
- the first device is the largest according to the number of REs required for data demodulation of each data stream. Data demodulation of 2 or 4 or 8 or 16 data streams can be supported simultaneously. For example, the number of REs required for data demodulation of each data stream is 2, that is, a maximum of 8 data streams is supported. At this time, the first device can transmit up to 4 data streams for UE1 and UE2 respectively.
- the RE of the second DM-RS may be placed on the PRB adjacent to the time domain or the frequency domain in a sparse manner.
- 11 is a resource map of MU-MIMO when four second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in one PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix. RE of the different patterns in Fig. 11 has the same meaning as Fig. 1, and will not be described again here.
- UE1, UE2, UE3, and UE4 are all second UEs, and the cross stripes in the figure indicate the RE positions occupied by their second DM-RSs.
- the RE positions occupied by the second DM-RSs of the above four UEs are the same as the RE positions occupied by the second DM-RSs of UE1 and UE2 of FIG. 10, that is, from left to right as shown in FIG.
- FIG. 11 is equivalent to splitting the resources occupied by the second DM-RS of each second UE in FIG. 10 into two second UEs, that is, occupying the second DM-RS of UE1 in FIG.
- the resources are split into UE1 and UE2 in FIG. 11, and the resources occupied by the second DM-RS of UE2 in FIG. 10 are split into UE3 and UE4 in FIG.
- the number of REs required for data demodulation of each data stream is 2, and the first device in FIG. 11 can simultaneously support data demodulation of 8 data streams at the same time, since there are four UEs at this time, each UE has The second DM-RS occupies 4 REs, so each UE can transmit data of 2 data streams.
- each UE in FIG. 11 can be further split into two UEs, and the method is similar to that in FIG. 11, and details are not described herein again.
- FIG. 12 is a rate matching diagram of MU-MIMO when four second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in one PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix.
- the representation of RE in different patterns in Figure 12 has the same meaning as Figure 1, and is no longer here. Said.
- the foregoing four second UEs, UE1, UE2, UE3, and ,4, need not only perform rate matching on the location of the DM-RS of the first UE, but also need to use the second of the remaining second UEs other than themselves.
- the position of the DM-RS is rate matched.
- the third picture from top to bottom can be seen, the RE of the positive 45 ° diagonal line in the figure is the RE position occupied by the DM-RS of the first UE, and the RE of the cross stripe is four.
- the second DM-RS as a demodulation reference signal can support data demodulation of 8 data streams at the same time, and Data demodulation of 8 data streams that can be supported by a DM-RS of a UE. Therefore, the first device can support MU-MIMO transmission of 16 data streams at the same time, which is equivalent to MU of space division multiplexing. -
- the transmission capacity of MIMO has doubled.
- FIG. 13 is a flow chart of interaction between a first device and a first user device according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the method for transmitting the demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps:
- Step S500 The first device sends the second indication information to the first UE.
- the executor of this step is the first device.
- the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
- the first device needs to send the second indication information to the first UE.
- the second indication information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE in the physical resource block, so that the first UE performs the rate according to the location of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE in the physical resource block. Match or interfere with the measurement.
- the location indicated by the indication signaling only needs to include the location of the demodulation reference signal occupied by all the second UEs.
- the above demodulation reference signal may be either a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS or a second DM-RS.
- Step S501 The first UE receives the second indication information sent by the first device.
- the executor of this step is the first UE.
- the first UE may be the first UE.
- the first UE needs to receive the second indication information.
- Step S502 The first UE performs rate matching or interference measurement according to a position of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE in the physical resource block.
- the executor of this step is the first UE.
- the first UE may be the first UE.
- the second indication information indicates the location of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE in the physical resource block
- the first UE may perform rate matching or interference measurement according to the foregoing signaling.
- specifically whether to perform rate matching or interference measurement at the location is determined by the first device scheduling.
- the above demodulation reference signal may be either a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS or a second DM-RS.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the first device includes: a determining module 10 and a sending module 11.
- the determining module 10 is configured to determine a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used.
- the mapping location is used to demodulate the data of the second user equipment;
- the sending module 11 is configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
- the transmitting module 11 is further configured to transmit a demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
- mapping position of the CSI-RS is a set of locations of all resource elements RE for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10.
- the determining module 10 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the channel state information of the second user equipment, a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block.
- the sending module 11 is further configured to: send a precoding indication to the second user equipment, where the precoding indicates the precoding information used to indicate the user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user sets User data demodulation is performed according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information, and the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM for performing user data demodulation.
- RS The first DM-RS is a DM-RS that is mapped at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
- the precoding indication is sent by the first device by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
- the sending module 11 is further configured to: send the first indication information to the second user equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block.
- the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
- the location indicated by the first indication information includes a location for transmitting the DM-RS to the at least one first user equipment.
- the location indicated by the first indication information is sent to the two or more second user equipments on the physical resource block.
- the location of the demodulation reference signal of the second user equipment other than the two user equipments.
- the sending module 11 is further configured to: send the second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one first The user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement according to the location at which the second user equipment sends the demodulation reference signal.
- the second indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
- the sending module 11 is further configured to: send a third indication signaling to the base station, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment. The position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted.
- the determining module 10 is further configured to: determine, by using a full bandwidth corresponding to the first device, a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal, or determine, on a dedicated bandwidth of the second user equipment, to send the demodulation reference signal. Physical resource block.
- the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes that the first device has been used, or is not used. , or the mapped location of the unused CSI-RS that has been used, and
- the second UE sends configuration information to indicate a position of the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing physical resource block, so that the second UE can perform data demodulation according to the received demodulation reference signal. Since the first device transmits the demodulation reference signal by using the position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted as described above, data demodulation of more users can be supported.
- the first device includes: a determining module 10, a sending module 11, and an encoding module 20.
- the above-mentioned determination module 10 and the transmission module 11 are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment 6, and are not described herein again.
- the encoding module 20 is configured to perform precoding on the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is mapped according to a preset mapping manner.
- the DM-RS at the position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes that the first device has been used, or is not used. Or mapping location of the unused CSI-RS that has been used, and transmitting configuration information to the second UE to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing physical resource block, so that the second UE can be based on the received solution
- the reference signal is adjusted for data demodulation. Since the first device transmits the demodulation reference signal by using the position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted as described above, it is possible to support data demodulation of more users.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the second device includes: a receiving module 30 and a determining module 31.
- the receiving module 30 is configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, and the determining module 31 is configured to determine demodulation according to the configuration information received by the receiving module 30.
- the receiving module 30 is further configured to receive, at a position in the physical resource block, the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device, where the determining module 31 determines the demodulation reference signal, and the determining module 31 determines
- the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block includes the mapped position of the CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is unused, and the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate the data of the second user equipment.
- the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
- mapping position of the CSI-RS is determined by the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10.
- the receiving module 30 is further configured to: receive a precoding indication sent by the first device, and acquire precoding information of the user data of the second user equipment according to the precoding indication; where the demodulation reference signal is included for performing a CSI-RS for channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, the first DM-RS is configured to transmit and demodulate in a physical resource block according to a CSI-RS mapping manner The DM-RS at the position of the reference signal.
- the receiving module 30 is further configured to: receive the first indication information sent by the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block; Rate indicating or interference measurement is performed on a location in the physical resource block indicated by the indication information.
- the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the second device includes: a receiving module 30, a determining module 31, and a demodulating module 41.
- the receiving module 30 and the determining module 31 are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment 8, and are not described herein again.
- the demodulation module 41 is configured to perform user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information, where the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a user data demodulation for performing user data demodulation.
- the first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS is a DM-RS that is mapped at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 18, the first device includes: a processor 50 and a transmitter 51.
- the processor 50 is configured to determine a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used. a mapping location, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment; the transmitter 51 is configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block; The transmitter 51 is further configured to transmit a demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
- mapping position of the CSI-RS is a set of locations of all resource elements RE for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10.
- the processor 50 is specifically configured to: determine, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, a location for transmitting the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
- the transmitter 51 is further configured to: send a precoding indication to the second user equipment, where the precoding indicates the precoding information used to indicate the user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment according to the demodulation reference
- the signal and the precoding information are subjected to user data demodulation
- the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, the first DM
- the -RS maps the DM-RS at the position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block in accordance with the mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
- the precoding indication is sent by the first device by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
- the processor 50 is further configured to: precode the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is preset according to the preset
- the mapping mode maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
- the transmitter 51 is further configured to: send the first indication information to the second user equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block.
- the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
- the location indicated by the first indication information includes sending to the at least one first user equipment The location of the DM-RS.
- the location indicated by the first indication information is sent to the two or more second user equipments on the physical resource block.
- the location of the demodulation reference signal of the second user equipment other than the two user equipments.
- the transmitter 51 is further configured to: send the second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one first The user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement according to the location at which the second user equipment sends the demodulation reference signal.
- the second indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
- the transmitter 51 is further configured to: send a third indication signaling to the base station, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate, by the second user equipment, a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment. The position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted.
- the processor 50 is further configured to: determine, by using a full bandwidth corresponding to the first device, a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal, or determine, on a dedicated bandwidth of the second user equipment, to send the demodulation reference signal. Physical resource block.
- the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes that the first device has been used, or is not used. Or mapping location of the unused CSI-RS that has been used, and transmitting configuration information to the second UE to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing physical resource block, so that the second UE can be based on the received solution
- the reference signal is adjusted for data demodulation. Since the first device transmits the demodulation reference signal by using the position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted as described above, it is possible to support data demodulation of more users.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 19, the second device includes: a receiver 60 and a processor 61.
- the receiver 60 is configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block; and further, the processor 61 is configured to receive according to the configuration received by the receiver 60.
- the information is used to determine the position of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block; the receiver 60 is further configured to receive the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a position of the demodulation reference signal determined by the processor 61 in the physical resource block, and process
- the demodulation reference signal determined by the unit 61 is in the physical resource block
- the location includes a mapped location of the CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is unused, and the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment.
- the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
- mapping position of the CSI-RS is a set of locations of all resource elements RE for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10.
- the receiver 60 is further configured to: receive a precoding indication sent by the first device; acquire precoding information of user data of the second user equipment according to the precoding indication; and the processor 61 is further configured to use the demodulation reference according to the demodulation reference.
- a DM-RS maps a DM-RS at a position where a demodulation reference signal is transmitted in a physical resource block according to a mapping manner of a CSI-RS.
- the precoding indication is sent by the first device by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
- the demodulation reference signal is a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation after precoding, and the second DM-RS is configured to perform demodulation in a physical resource block according to a preset mapping manner.
- the DM-RS at the position of the reference signal.
- the receiver 60 is further configured to: receive the first indication information sent by the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block; Rate indicating or interference measurement is performed on a location in the physical resource block indicated by the indication information.
- the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
- the second UE receives the demodulation reference signal at the position indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block according to the configuration information, thereby performing data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal. Since the demodulation reference signal of the second UE is used at the mapping position of the unused CSI-RS that has been used by the first device, or is not used, the data demodulation of more users can be implemented. .
- the aforementioned program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
- the program when executed, performs the steps including the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: ROM, RAM, disk or optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. Medium.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides a method and device for transmitting a demodulation reference signal. The method comprises: a first device determines a location for sending a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, the location for sending the demodulation reference signal comprising a mapping location of a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) that is used and/or not used by the first device, and the demodulation reference signal being used for demodulating data of a second user equipment; the first device sends configuration information to the second user equipment, the configuration information being used for indicating the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block; and the first device sends the demodulation reference signal at the location for sending the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. By using the technical scheme provided in an embodiment of the present invention, demodulation of downlink user data of more users can be supported.
Description
解调参考信号的传输方法及设备 技术领域 Demodulation reference signal transmission method and device
本发明涉及通信技术, 尤其涉及一种解调参考信号的传输方法及设 备。 背景技术 The present invention relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a transmission method and apparatus for demodulating reference signals. Background technique
多输入多输出技术(Multiple-Input Multiple-Out-put, 简称 MIMO )与 正交频分复用 (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing , 简称 OFDM ) 系统的结合, 把无线通信系统的传输能力提到了一个全新的高度。 以长期 演进 (Long Term Evolution, 简称 LTE) 的第 10版协议 (Release- 10, 简 称 Rel-10) 为代表的第 4代蜂窝移动通信系统, 就支持基站最多 8个发射 天线的 MIMO。 单用户多输入多输出 ( Single User- Multiple-Input Multiple-Out-put, 简称 SU-MIMO ) 的传输能力受限于单个用户的天线数 量以及天线隔离度, 因此 SU-MIMO目前比较主流的是在手机这样的较小 设备上能做到 2个交叉极化的天线。 即目前主流的 SU-MIMO能够支持到 2流。进一歩地,要提高小区的传输能力,多用户多输入多输出(Multi-User- Multiple-Input Multiple-Out-put, 简称 MU-MIMO )能够进一歩地提供多用 户之间的由于用户在空间上的分离所带来的增益。 The combination of Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) and Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) systems brings the transmission capability of wireless communication systems to a whole new height. The 4th generation cellular mobile communication system represented by the 10th edition of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) protocol (Release-10, Rel-10) supports MIMO of up to 8 transmit antennas of the base station. The single-user multiple-input-multiple-output (SU-MIMO) transmission capability is limited by the number of antennas and antenna isolation of a single user. Therefore, SU-MIMO is currently the mainstream. Two cross-polarized antennas can be implemented on a smaller device such as a mobile phone. That is, the current mainstream SU-MIMO can support up to 2 streams. In order to improve the transmission capacity of the cell, Multi-User-Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MU-MIMO) can provide multiple users due to space in the user. The gain brought about by the separation.
现有的 LTE系统版本 Rel-10最多支持 8流的解调参考信号, 因此对 于多用户的多输入多输出场景, 无法支持更多用户数的下行用户数据解 调。 发明内容 本发明提供一种解调参考信号的传输方法及设备, 用以解决现有 LTE 系统版本 Rel-10无法支持更多用户数的下行用户数据解调问题。 The existing LTE system version Rel-10 supports up to 8 streams of demodulation reference signals. Therefore, for multi-input multi-input and multi-output scenarios, it is unable to support the downlink user data demodulation of more users. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides a method and a device for transmitting a demodulation reference signal, which are used to solve the problem of downlink user data demodulation in which the existing LTE system version Rel-10 cannot support more users.
本发明的第一方面, 提供一种解调参考信号的传输方法, 包括: 第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 所述发送解调 参考信号的位置包括所述第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状态信息
参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位置,所述解调参考信号用于解调所述第二用户设备 的数据; A first aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal, including: determining, by a first device, a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes the Channel status information that has been used and/or unused by a device a mapping position of the reference signal CSI-RS, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment;
所述第一设备向所述第二用户设备发送配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指 示所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; The first device sends configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述第一设备在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所 述解调参考信号。 The first device transmits the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第一种可能的实现方式中, 根据第一方面, 所述配置信息为非零功率 的 CSI-RS信令。 In a first possible implementation manner, according to the first aspect, the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
在第二种可能的实现方式中, 结合第一方面或第一种可能的实现方式, 所述第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 具体包括: 所述第一设备根据所述第二用户设备的信道状态信息, 确定在所述物理 资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置。 In a second possible implementation, in combination with the first aspect or the first possible implementation, the determining, by the first device, the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, specifically: the first device Determining, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, a location at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第三种可能的实现方式中, 结合第一方面、 第一种可能的实现方式和 第二种可能的实现方式, 所述第一设备在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参 考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号之前, 还包括: In a third possible implementation manner, in combination with the first aspect, the first possible implementation manner, and the second possible implementation manner, the first device sends the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. Before the location of the demodulation reference signal is sent, the method further includes:
所述第一设备向所述第二用户设备发送预编码指示, 所述预编码指示用 于指示所述第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使所述第二用户设备 根据所述解调参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数据解调, 所述解调参考 信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或者用于执行用户数据解调的第 一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS,所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映 射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 The first device sends a precoding indication to the second user equipment, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment is configured according to the Demodulating a reference signal and the precoding information for user data demodulation, the demodulation reference signal comprising a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal for performing user data demodulation a DM-RS, wherein the first DM-RS maps a DM-RS at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of a CSI-RS.
在第四种可能的实现方式中, 结合第一方面、 第一种可能的实现方式和 第二种可能的实现方式, 所述第一设备在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参 考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号之前, 还包括: In a fourth possible implementation, in combination with the first aspect, the first possible implementation manner, and the second possible implementation manner, the first device sends the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. Before the location of the demodulation reference signal is sent, the method further includes:
所述第一设备对所述解调参考信号进行预编码, 所述解调参考信号具体 为用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS为按照预设的映 射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 The first device performs precoding on the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is according to a preset The mapping mode maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第五种可能的实现方式中, 结合第一方面、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式、 第三种可能的实现方式和第四种可能的实现方式,
在所述第一设备在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述 解调参考信号之前, 还包括: In a fifth possible implementation manner, combining the first aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, the third possible implementation manner, and the fourth possible implementation manner, Before the first device sends the demodulation reference signal in the location of the physical resource block to send the demodulation reference signal, the method further includes:
所述第一设备向所述第二用户设备发送第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信 息用于指示所述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位 置。 The first device sends first indication information to the second user equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block.
在第六种可能的实现方式中, 结合第五种可能的实现方式, 若所述物理 资源块中包括向至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置,则所述第一指示 信息指示的位置包括所述向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置。 In a sixth possible implementation, in combination with the fifth possible implementation, if the physical resource block includes a location for sending the DM-RS to the at least one first user equipment, the first indication information indicates The location includes the location at which the DM-RS is transmitted to the at least one first user equipment.
在第七种可能的实现方式中, 结合第一方面、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式、 第三种可能的实现方式、 第四种可能的实现方式、 第五种可能的实现方式和第六种可能的实现方式, 在所述第一设备在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述 解调参考信号之前, 还包括: In a seventh possible implementation, the first aspect, the first possible implementation, the first possible implementation, the second possible implementation, the third possible implementation, and the fourth a possible implementation manner, a fifth possible implementation manner, and a sixth possible implementation manner, where the first device sends the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block Previously, it also included:
所述第一设备向所述至少一个第一用户设发送第二指示信息, 所述第二 指示信息用于指示所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述第 三设备根据所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置进行速率匹配或干扰 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 结合第一方面、 结合第一方面、 第一种可 能的实现方式、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式、 第三种可 能的实现方式、 第四种可能的实现方式、 第五种可能的实现方式、 第六种可 能的实现方式和第七种可能的实现方式, 在所述第一设备在所述物理资源块 中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号之后, 还包括: The first device sends the second indication information to the at least one first user, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the third device Performing rate matching or interference according to the location where the second user equipment sends the demodulation reference signal, in an eighth possible implementation manner, combining the first aspect, combining the first aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the first type Possible implementation manner, second possible implementation manner, third possible implementation manner, fourth possible implementation manner, fifth possible implementation manner, sixth possible implementation manner, and seventh possible And after the sending, by the first device, the demodulation reference signal in the location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, the method further includes:
所述第一设备向基站发送第三指示信令, 所述第三指示信令用于指示所 述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述基站预留所述第二用户 设备发送解调参考信号的位置。 The first device sends a third indication signaling to the base station, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user. The device sends the location of the demodulation reference signal.
本发明的第二方面, 提供一种解调参考信号的传输方法, 包括: 第二用户设备接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指示所 述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; A second aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal, including: receiving, by a second user equipment, configuration information sent by a first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the demodulation reference signal is in the physical The location in the resource block;
所述第二用户设备在所述物理资源块中所述配置信息指示的位置上接收 所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号, 所述配置信息指示的位置包括所述
第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 所述解调参考信号 用于解调所述第二用户设备的数据。 The second user equipment receives the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block, where the location indicated by the configuration information includes the A mapping location of a CSI-RS that has been used and/or unused by the first device, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate data of the second user equipment.
在第一种可能的实现方式中, 根据第二方面, 所述第二用户设备在所述 物理资源块中所述配置信息指示的位置上接收所述第一设备发送的所述解调 参考信号之前, 还包括: In a first possible implementation, the second user equipment receives the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block. Previously, it also included:
所述第二用户设备接收所述第一设备发送的预编码指示; Receiving, by the second user equipment, a precoding indication sent by the first device;
所述第二用户设备根据所述预编码指示, 获取所述第二用户设备的用户 数据的预编码信息; Obtaining, by the second user equipment, precoding information of user data of the second user equipment according to the precoding indication;
所述第二用户设备在所述物理资源块中所述配置信息指示的位置上接收 所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号之后, 还包括: After the second user equipment receives the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device in the location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block, the method further includes:
所述第二用户设备根据所述解调参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数 据解调; The second user equipment performs user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information;
其中,所述解调参考信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS或用于执 行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS , 所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS 的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置 上的 DM-RS。 The demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the first DM-RS is according to CSI. The mapping manner of the -RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第二种可能的实现方式中, 根据第二方面, 所述解调参考信号为经过 预编码之后的用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS为按 照预设的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上 的 DM-RS。 In a second possible implementation manner, according to the second aspect, the demodulation reference signal is a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation after precoding, and the second DM-RS is The preset mapping manner maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第三种可能的实现方式中, 结合第二方面、 第一种可能的实现方式和 第二种可能的实现方式, 所述第二用户设备在所述物理资源块中所述配置信 息指示的位置上接收所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号之前, 还包括: 所述第二用户设备接收所述第一设备发送的第一指示信息, 所述第一指 示信息用于指示所述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量 的位置; In a third possible implementation manner, in combination with the second aspect, the first possible implementation manner, and the second possible implementation manner, the second user equipment is configured by the configuration information in the physical resource block. Before receiving the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device, the method further includes: the second user equipment receiving the first indication information sent by the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block;
所述第二用户设备根据所述第一指示信息指示的所述物理资源块中的位 置, 进行速率匹配或干扰测量。 And the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement according to a location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
本发明的第三方面, 提供一种第一设备, 包括: A third aspect of the present invention provides a first device, including:
确定模块, 用于确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 所述发
送解调参考信号的位置包括所述第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状 态信息参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位置,所述解调参考信号用于解调所述第二用 户设备的数据; a determining module, configured to determine a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, where the The location of the demodulation reference signal includes a mapping location of the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is used, and the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate the second user equipment The data;
发送模块, 用于向所述第二用户设备发送配置信息, 所述配置信息用于 指示所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; a sending module, configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述发送模块还用于在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置 发送所述解调参考信号。 The sending module is further configured to send the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block.
在第一种可能的实现方式中, 根据第三方面, 所述确定模块具体用于: 根据所述第二用户设备的信道状态信息, 确定在所述物理资源块中发送 解调参考信号的位置。 In a first possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to: determine, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, where to send a demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. .
在第二种可能的实现方式中, 结合第三方面或第一种可能的实现方式, 所述发送模块还用于: In a second possible implementation manner, in combination with the third aspect or the first possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to:
向所述第二用户设备发送预编码指示, 所述预编码指示用于指示所述第 二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使所述第二用户设备根据所述解调 参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数据解调, 所述解调参考信号包括用于 执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或者用于执行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参 考信号 DM-RS,所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射在所述物理 资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Sending, to the second user equipment, a precoding indication, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment is configured according to the demodulation reference signal and The precoding information is subjected to user data demodulation, and the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation. The first DM-RS maps the DM-RS at the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
在第三种可能的实现方式中, 结合第三方面或第一种可能的实现方式, 所述第一设备还包括: In a third possible implementation, in combination with the third aspect or the first possible implementation, the first device further includes:
编码模块, 用于对所述解调参考信号进行预编码, 所述解调参考信号具 体为用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS为按照预设的 映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 An encoding module, configured to perform precoding on the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is according to a preset The mapping mode maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第四种可能的实现方式中, 结合第三方面、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式和第三种可能的实现方式, 所述发送模块还用于: 向所述第二用户设备发送第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位置。 In a fourth possible implementation, in combination with the third aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, and the third possible implementation manner, the sending module is further configured to: The second user equipment sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block.
在第五种可能的实现方式中, 结合第三方面、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式、 第三种可能的实现方式和第四种可能的实现方式,
所述发送模块还用于: In a fifth possible implementation manner, combining the third aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, the third possible implementation manner, and the fourth possible implementation manner, The sending module is further configured to:
向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送第二指示信息, 所述第二指示信息用 于指示所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述至少一个第一 用户设备根据所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置进行速率匹配或干 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 结合第三方面、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式、 第三种可能的实现方式、 第四种可能的实现方式和 第五种可能的实现方式, 所述发送模块还用于: Sending the second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one first user equipment The second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal for rate matching or performs the sixth possible implementation, in combination with the third aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, and the third A possible implementation manner, a fourth possible implementation manner, and a fifth possible implementation manner, where the sending module is further configured to:
向基站发送第三指示信令, 所述第三指示信令用于指示所述第二用户设 备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述基站预留所述第二用户设备发送解调 参考信号的位置。 And sending, by the base station, third indication signaling, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment to send a demodulation reference. The location of the signal.
本发明的第四方面, 提供一种第二用户设备, 包括: A fourth aspect of the present invention provides a second user equipment, including:
接收模块, 用于接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指示 所述解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; a receiving module, configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block;
确定模块, 用于根据所述接收模块接收的所述配置信息确定所述解调参 考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; a determining module, configured to determine, according to the configuration information received by the receiving module, a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述接收模块还用于在所述确定模块确定的所述解调参考信号在所述物 理资源块中的位置上接收所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号, 所述确定 模块确定的所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置包括所述第一设备 已经使用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 所述解调参考信号用于解调 所述第二用户设备的数据。 The receiving module is further configured to receive the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device by using the demodulation reference signal determined by the determining module in a location in the physical resource block, where the determining module determines The location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block includes a mapping location of a CSI-RS that has been used and/or unused by the first device, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate the The data of the second user equipment.
在第一种可能的实现方式中, 根据第四方面, 所述接收模块还用于: 接收所述第一设备发送的预编码指示; In a first possible implementation manner, the receiving module is further configured to: receive a precoding indication sent by the first device, according to the fourth aspect;
根据所述预编码指示, 获取所述第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信 息; Obtaining, according to the precoding indication, precoding information of user data of the second user equipment;
所述第二用户设备还包括: The second user equipment further includes:
解调模块, 用于根据所述解调参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数据 解调; a demodulation module, configured to perform user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information;
其中,所述解调参考信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS或用于执 行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS , 所述第一 DM-RS为按照
CSI-RS 的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置 上的 DM-RS。 The demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, where the first DM-RS is The mapping manner of the CSI-RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第二种可能的实现方式中, 结合第四方面或第一种可能的实现方式, 所述接收模块还用于: In a second possible implementation, in combination with the fourth aspect or the first possible implementation, the receiving module is further configured to:
接收所述第一设备发送的第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位置; And receiving, by the first device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block;
根据所述第一指示信息指示的所述物理资源块中的位置, 进行速率匹配 或干扰测量。 Rate matching or interference measurement is performed according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
本发明的第五方面, 提供一种第一设备, 包括: A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a first device, including:
处理器, 用于确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 所述发送 解调参考信号的位置包括所述第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状态 信息参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位置,所述解调参考信号用于解调所述第二用户 设备的数据; a processor, configured to determine a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI that has been used by the first device and/or is not used a mapping position of the RS, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment;
发送器, 用于向所述第二用户设备发送配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指 示所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; a transmitter, configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述发送器还用于在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发 送所述解调参考信号。 The transmitter is further configured to transmit the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第一种可能的实现方式中, 根据第五方面, 所述处理器具体用于: 根据所述第二用户设备的信道状态信息, 确定在所述物理资源块中发送 解调参考信号的位置。 In a first possible implementation manner, the processor is specifically configured to: determine, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, where to send a demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. .
在第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第五方面或第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器还用于: In a second possible implementation, in combination with the fifth aspect or the first possible implementation, the transmitter is further configured to:
向所述第二用户设备发送预编码指示, 所述预编码指示用于指示所述第 二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使所述第二用户设备根据所述解调 参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数据解调, 所述解调参考信号包括用于 执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或者用于执行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参 考信号 DM-RS,所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射在所述物理 资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Sending, to the second user equipment, a precoding indication, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment is configured according to the demodulation reference signal and The precoding information is subjected to user data demodulation, and the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation. The first DM-RS maps the DM-RS at the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
在第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第五方面或第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还用于:
对所述解调参考信号进行预编码, 所述解调参考信号具体为用于执行用 户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS为按照预设的映射方式映射在 所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 In a third possible implementation, in combination with the fifth aspect or the first possible implementation, the processor is further configured to: Pre-coding the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is mapped according to a preset mapping manner. The DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第四种可能的实现方式中, 结合第五方面、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式和第三种可能的实现方式, 所述发送器还用于: In a fourth possible implementation, in combination with the fifth aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, and the third possible implementation manner, the transmitter is further configured to:
向所述第二用户设备发送第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位置。 Sending, to the second user equipment, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block.
在第五种可能的实现方式中, 结合第五方面、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式、 第三种可能的实现方式和第四种可能的实现方式, 所述发送器还用于: In a fifth possible implementation, in combination with the fifth aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, the third possible implementation manner, and the fourth possible implementation manner, the sending Also used to:
向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送第二指示信息, 所述第二指示信息用 于指示所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述至少一个第一 用户设备根据所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置进行速率匹配或干 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 结合第五方面、 第一种可能的实现方式、 第二种可能的实现方式、 第三种可能的实现方式、 第四种可能的实现方式和 第五种可能的实现方式, 所述发送器还用于: Sending the second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one first user equipment The second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal for rate matching or performs the sixth possible implementation, in combination with the fifth aspect, the first possible implementation manner, the second possible implementation manner, and the third A possible implementation, a fourth possible implementation, and a fifth possible implementation, the transmitter is further configured to:
向基站发送第三指示信令, 所述第三指示信令用于指示所述第二用户设 备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述基站预留所述第二用户设备发送解调 参考信号的位置。 And sending, by the base station, third indication signaling, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment to send a demodulation reference. The location of the signal.
本发明的第六方面, 提供一种第二用户设备, 包括: A sixth aspect of the present invention provides a second user equipment, including:
接收器, 用于接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指示所 述解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; a receiver, configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block;
处理器, 用于根据所述接收器接收的所述配置信息确定所述解调参考信 号在所述物理资源块中的位置; a processor, configured to determine, according to the configuration information received by the receiver, a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述接收器还用于在所述处理器确定的所述解调参考信号在所述物理资 源块中的位置上接收所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号, 所述处理器确 定的所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置包括所述第一设备已经使 用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 所述解调参考信号用于解调所述第 二用户设备的数据。
在第一种可能的实现方式中, 根据第六方面, 所述接收器还用于: 接收所述第一设备发送的预编码指示; The receiver is further configured to receive, by the processor, the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a position of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, where the processor determines The location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block includes a mapping location of a CSI-RS that has been used and/or unused by the first device, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate the The data of the second user equipment. In a first possible implementation manner, the receiver is further configured to: receive a precoding indication sent by the first device, according to the sixth aspect;
根据所述预编码指示, 获取所述第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信 息; Obtaining, according to the precoding indication, precoding information of user data of the second user equipment;
所述处理器还用于根据所述解调参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数 据解调; The processor is further configured to perform user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information;
其中,所述解调参考信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS或用于执 行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS , 所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS 的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置 上的 DM-RS。 The demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the first DM-RS is according to CSI. The mapping manner of the -RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
在第二种可能的实现方式中, 结合第六方面或第一种可能的实现方式, 所述接收器还用于: In a second possible implementation, in combination with the sixth aspect or the first possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to:
接收所述第一设备发送的第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位置; And receiving, by the first device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block;
根据所述第一指示信息指示的所述物理资源块中的位置, 进行速率匹配 或干扰测量。 Rate matching or interference measurement is performed according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
本发明实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第一设备确定在物理资 源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 并向第二用户设备发送配置信息用以指示 解调参考信号在上述物理资源块中的位置。 该发送解调参考信号的位置包括 第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状态信息参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位 置, 因此, 由于第一设备在现有 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定义的在上述物理资 源块中 CSI-RS的映射位置发送解调参考信号, 因此, 可以支持更多用户的下 行用户数据解调。 附图说明 为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案, 下面将对实施例或现有技 术描述中所需要使用的附图做一简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附 图是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造性 劳动性的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 In the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention, the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, and sends configuration information to the second user equipment to indicate that the demodulation reference signal is in the foregoing physical The location in the resource block. The location of the transmit demodulation reference signal includes a mapped location of the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used, therefore, since the first device is defined in the existing LTE system version Rel-10 The demodulation reference signal is transmitted at the mapping position of the CSI-RS in the above physical resource block, and therefore, downlink user data demodulation of more users can be supported. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are Some embodiments of the invention may be obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art in view of the drawings without additional inventive labor.
图 1为 LTE Rel-10的正常循环前缀下参考信号在一个物理资源块对中的
图 2为本发明实施例一提供的一种解调参考信号的传输方法的流程图; 图 3为本发明实施例二提供的一种解调参考信号的传输方法的流程图; 图 4为本发明实施例三提供的一种第一设备和第二用户设备的交互流程 图; 1 is a reference signal of a normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10 in a pair of physical resource blocks 2 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention; FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention; A flowchart of interaction between a first device and a second user device according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
图 5为 LTE Rel-10的正常循环前缀下一种 4天线端口的 CSI-RS在一个 PRB对中的资源映射图; 5 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of a 4-antenna port in a PRB pair under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10;
图 6为 LTE Rel-10的正常循环前缀下两种配置的 2天线端口的 CSI-RS 在一个 PRB对中的资源映射图; 6 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of a two-antenna port of two configurations in a normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10 in a PRB pair;
图 7为 LTE Rel-10的正常循环前缀下一种 8天线端口的 CSI-RS在一个 PRB对中的资源映射图; 7 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of an 8-antenna port in a PRB pair under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10;
图 8为一个第二用户设备与第一用户设备进行空分复用的 MU-MIM0时 的资源映射图; 8 is a resource map of a MU-MIM0 when a second user equipment is spatially multiplexed with a first user equipment;
图 9为本发明实施例四提供的一种第一设备和第二用户设备的交互流程 图; FIG. 9 is a flow chart of interaction between a first device and a second user device according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention;
图 10为正常循环前缀下两个第二用户设备在一个 PRB对中进行空分复 用的 MU-MIM0时的资源映射图; 10 is a resource map of MU-MIM0 when two second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in a PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix;
图 11为正常循环前缀下四个第二用户设备在一个 PRB对中进行空分复 用的 MU-MIMO时的资源映射图; 11 is a resource map of MU-MIMO when four second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in a PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix;
图 12为正常循环前缀下四个第二用户设备在一个 PRB对中进行空分复 用的 MU-MIMO时的速率匹配图; 12 is a rate matching diagram of MU-MIMO when four second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in a PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix;
图 13为本发明实施例五提供的一种第一设备和第一用户设备的交互流 程图; FIG. 13 is a flow chart of interaction between a first device and a first user device according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention;
图 14为本发明实施例六提供的一种第一设备的结构示意图; FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention; FIG.
图 15为本实施例七提供的一种第一设备的结构示意图; FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 7;
图 16为本实施例八提供的一种第二设备的结构示意图; 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 8;
图 17为本实施例九提供的一种第二设备的结构示意图; FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 9;
图 18为本实施例十提供的一种第一设备的结构示意图; FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 10;
图 19为本实施例十一提供的一种第二设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式 FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention. detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合本发 明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于 本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获 得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。 The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
图 1为 LTE Rel-10的正常循环前缀下参考信号在一个物理资源块对中的 资源映射图。 在宽带系统, 特别是 OFDM系统中, 资源块的划分是从时域和 频域两个方向进行的。 参考 LTE的物理层协议中对资源块的描述, 一个物理 资源块 (Physical Resource Block, 简称 PRB ) 对应频域上 180千赫兹和时域 的一个时隙, 即 0.5毫秒。 在正常循环前缀 (normal cyclic prefix) 下, 一个 时隙可以传输连续的 7个 OFDM符号, 一个 PRB表示时域上连续的 7个 OFDM符号和频域上连续的 12个子载波, 因此一个 PRB 由 7*12个资源元 (Resource Element, 简称 RE)组成。 一个 PRB对由两个 PRB组成, 即占用 14*12个 RE。 如图 1所示, 图中的 PRB对由不同图样的 RE小方格组成, 沿 X轴方向的两组 0,1,2…… ,6编号, 分别表示第一个时隙和第二个时隙的 7个 OFDM符号,沿 y轴方向编号的 0,1,2…… ,11表示频域上连续的 12个子载波。 FIG. 1 is a resource map of a reference signal of a normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10 in a pair of physical resource blocks. In a wideband system, especially an OFDM system, the partitioning of resource blocks is performed in both the time domain and the frequency domain. Referring to the description of resource blocks in the physical layer protocol of LTE, a physical resource block (PRB) corresponds to a time slot of 180 kHz in the frequency domain and a time slot of the time domain, that is, 0.5 milliseconds. Under the normal cyclic prefix, one slot can transmit 7 consecutive OFDM symbols, and one PRB represents 7 consecutive OFDM symbols in the time domain and 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, so one PRB consists of 7 * 12 resource elements (Resource Element, referred to as RE). A PRB pair consists of two PRBs, which occupy 14*12 REs. As shown in Fig. 1, the PRB in the figure is composed of small squares of REs of different patterns, and two groups of 0, 1, 2, ..., 6 along the X-axis direction respectively indicate the first time slot and the second time. The 7 OFDM symbols of the slot, 0, 1, 2, ..., numbered along the y-axis direction, represent 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain.
具体的,在图 1中,一个 PRB对可以由下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel, 简称 PDCCH) 和下行共享信道 (Physical Downlink Share Channel, 简称 PDSCH) 共同占用。 其中, PDCCH用于传输控制信息, 占用 第一个时隙的前 3个 OFDM符号和频域上连续的 12个子载波, 即 3*12个 RE; PDSCH用来传输用户设备 (User Equipment, 简称 UE) 的数据, 占用 一个 PRB对中其余的 RE, 本发明中的解调参考信号就是在 PDSCH中传输, 用于解调在 PDSCH上传输的用户数据。 下面重点描述一个 PRB对中的参考 信号。 参考信号主要包括公共参考信号 (Common Reference Signal , 简称 CRS ) 、 信道状态信息参考信号 (Channel State Information-Reference Signal, 简称 CSI-RS ) 和下行解调参考信号 (Downlink Modulation-Reference Signal, 简称 DM-RS ) , 用于传输 CRS的天线端口在一个 PRB对中的资源占用位置 用横条纹 RE表示, 所有 CSI-RS的可用资源位置用交叉条纹 RE表示, 所有 DM-RS的可用资源位置用正 45 ° 斜划线 RE表示, 其他 RE用于传输公共控
制信令或用户数据。 Specifically, in FIG. 1, a PRB pair may be jointly occupied by a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) and a Physical Downlink Share Channel (PDSCH). The PDCCH is used for transmitting the control information, and occupies the first three OFDM symbols of the first time slot and 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain, that is, 3*12 REs; the PDSCH is used to transmit user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short) The data of the PRB is occupied by the rest of the PRBs. The demodulation reference signal in the present invention is transmitted in the PDSCH for demodulating the user data transmitted on the PDSCH. The following focuses on the reference signals in a PRB pair. The reference signal mainly includes a Common Reference Signal (CRS), a Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS), and a Downlink Modulation-Reference Signal (DM-referred to as DM-). RS), the resource occupied position of the antenna port for transmitting CRS in one PRB pair is represented by horizontal stripe RE, the available resource positions of all CSI-RSs are represented by cross stripes RE, and the available resource positions of all DM-RSs are positive 45 ° The diagonal line RE indicates that other REs are used to transmit public control Signaling or user data.
具体的, 现有的 LTE Rel-10总共为 CSI-RS配置了八个天线端口, 一个 PRB对上所有 CSI-RS的可能的映射位置, 即图 1中的所有交叉条纹 RE, 共 有 40个; 所有 DM-RS的可用资源位置为 24个 RE, 由于每个 DM-RS端口 对应 DM-RS的可用资源位置中的 12个 RE, 每四个 DM-RS正交占用相同的 RE位置, 因而上述 24个 RE对应着 8个用于发送 DM-RS的 DM-RS天线端 口, 因此现有技术最多支持 8个数据流的数据解调。 Specifically, the existing LTE Rel-10 has a total of eight antenna ports configured for the CSI-RS, and a possible mapping position of all CSI-RSs on one PRB pair, that is, all the cross-strip REs in FIG. 1 , 40 in total; The available resource locations of all DM-RSs are 24 REs, and since each DM-RS port corresponds to 12 REs in the available resource locations of the DM-RS, every four DM-RSs occupy the same RE position orthogonally, thus The 24 REs correspond to 8 DM-RS antenna ports for transmitting DM-RS, so the prior art supports data demodulation of up to 8 data streams.
进一歩地, CSI-RS的发送可以采用 1个、 2个、 4个或 8个天线端口。 每种天线端口数下, CSI-RS都有多种不同的位置映射方式。 表 1给出了常规 循环前缀的不同子帧结构下,不同天线端口数的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式的指 示。 表 2给出了 CSI-RS的子帧配置。 表 1用 CSI-RS在不同天线端口上的配 置数量和位置指示 CSI-RS在物理资源块中的位置映射方式, 表 2用 CSI-RS 的子帧配置、 CSI-RS的发送周期和 CSI-RS的子帧偏置量指示发送 CSI-RS的 子帧序号。 Further, the CSI-RS can be transmitted using 1, 2, 4 or 8 antenna ports. CSI-RS has a variety of different location mapping methods for each antenna port number. Table 1 shows the indication of the location mapping of CSI-RS for different antenna port numbers under different subframe configurations of a regular cyclic prefix. Table 2 shows the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS. Table 1 shows the location mapping of CSI-RS in physical resource blocks by the number and location of CSI-RS configurations on different antenna ports. Table 2 uses CSI-RS subframe configuration, CSI-RS transmission period and CSI- The subframe offset amount of the RS indicates the subframe number of the CSI-RS to be transmitted.
表 1 Table 1
表 2 Table 2
具体的, 在表 1中, 和 Γ为计算 CSI-RS在一个 PRB对上的映射位置 的变量, 可以通过一个 RE所在的 OFDM符号的序号计算得到, Γ可以通 过一个 RE所在的子载波的序号计算得来, 为当前发送 CSI-RS的时隙编号, 它的取值为 0或 1;帧结构 1是指 LTE的时分双工(Time Division Duplexing, 简称 TDD ) 帧结构, 帧结构 2 是指 LTE 的频分双工 (Frequency Division Duplexing, 简称 FDD)帧结构; CSI-RS配置编号表示不同的 CSI-RS的位置 映射方式, 帧结构 1时有 20种配置, 帧结构 2时有 32种配置; CSI-RS的天 线端口配置数量表示发送 CSI-RS的天线端口数,其取值可以为 1、 2、 4或 8。 Specifically, in Table 1, the variable that calculates the mapping position of the CSI-RS on a PRB pair may be calculated by using the sequence number of the OFDM symbol in which the RE is located, and the sequence number of the subcarrier in which the RE is located may be Calculated as the time slot number of the current CSI-RS, which is 0 or 1; frame structure 1 refers to the Time Division Duplexing (TDD) frame structure of LTE, and frame structure 2 refers to Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) frame structure of LTE; CSI-RS configuration number indicates different CSI-RS location mapping modes, 20 configurations for frame structure 1 and 32 configurations for frame structure 2 The number of antenna port configurations of the CSI-RS indicates the number of antenna ports that send CSI-RS, which can be 1, 2, 4 or 8.
进一歩地,表 2给出了 CSI-RS的子帧配置 /esi― RS、CSI-RS的发送周期 resi_RS 和 CSI-RS的子帧偏移量 Acsi_rs。 其中, 发送周期 ^的单位为 1子帧, 即 1 毫秒。 具体的, CSI-RS的发送周期表示发送 CSI-RS的子帧号之间的间隔, CSI-RS子帧偏移量的取值由 CSI-RS的子帧配置确定,用于指示 CSI-RS的起 始发送子帧序号。从表 2可以看出, CSI-RS的发送周期确定的前提下, CSI-RS 的子帧配置和 CSI-RS的子帧偏移量的取值的个数是相同的。 举例来说, 若 CSI-RS的发送周期配置为 5毫秒, CSI-RS的子帧配置和 CSI-RS子帧偏移量 均可配置为 0~4中的任意整数值,如果将 CSI-RS的子帧配置设为 0,则 CSI-RS 子帧偏移量的取值也为 0,在这种配置下, CSI-RS会在子帧序号为 0, 5, 10…… 的子帧上发送, 即每 5个子帧发送一次; 同理, 如果将 CSI-RS的子帧配置设 为 1, 则表示, CSI-RS会在子帧序号为 1, 6, 11……的子帧上发送; 同样的, 若 CSI-RS的发送周期配置为 10毫秒, CSI-RS的子帧配置可配置为 5~14中
的任意整数值, 如果将 CSI-RS的子帧配置设为 5, 则 CSI-RS子帧偏移量的 取值为 0, 在这种配置下, CSI-RS会在子帧序号为 0, 10, 20 ··· ···的子帧上 发送, 即每 10个子帧发送一次, 其余配置类似, 这里不再赘述。 Further, Table 2 shows the subframe configuration / esi - RS of the CSI-RS, the transmission period r esi _ RS of the CSI-RS, and the subframe offset A csi _ rs of the CSI-RS. The unit of the transmission period ^ is 1 subframe, that is, 1 millisecond. Specifically, the sending period of the CSI-RS indicates an interval between the subframe numbers of the CSI-RS, and the value of the CSI-RS subframe offset is determined by the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS, and is used to indicate the CSI-RS. The starting transmission subframe number. It can be seen from Table 2 that the number of values of the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS and the subframe offset of the CSI-RS are the same under the premise that the transmission period of the CSI-RS is determined. For example, if the CSI-RS transmission period is configured to be 5 milliseconds, the CSI-RS subframe configuration and the CSI-RS subframe offset can be configured as any integer value from 0 to 4, if the CSI-RS is to be used. If the subframe configuration is set to 0, the value of the CSI-RS subframe offset is also 0. In this configuration, the CSI-RS will be in the subframe with the subframe number 0, 5, 10... Sending, that is, sending every 5 subframes; similarly, if the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS is set to 1, it means that the CSI-RS is sent on the subframe with the subframe number 1, 6, 11, ... Similarly, if the CSI-RS transmission period is configured to 10 milliseconds, the CSI-RS subframe configuration can be configured as 5~14. If the subframe configuration of the CSI-RS is set to 5, the value of the CSI-RS subframe offset is 0. In this configuration, the CSI-RS will have a subframe number of 0. The transmission is performed on the subframes of 10, 20 ······, that is, every 10 subframes are sent once, and the rest of the configurations are similar, and are not described here.
更进一歩地, 从表 1可以看出, 1天线端口和 2天线端口发送的 CSI-RS 可以有 20种或 32种不同的位置映射方式,每种位置映射方式下的 CSI-RS在 一个 PRB对上占用 2个 RE; 4天线端口发送的 CSI-RS可以有 10种不同的 位置映射方式,每种位置映射方式下的 CSI-RS在一个 PRB对上占用 4个 RE; 8天线端口发送的 CSI-RS可以有 5种不同的位置映射方式, 每种位置映射方 式下的 CSI-RS在一个 PRB对上占用 8个 RE。 在实际使用时, 可以根据表 1 和表 2指示出发送 CSI-RS的时间和频率位置。 Further, it can be seen from Table 1 that the CSI-RS transmitted by the 1 antenna port and the 2 antenna port can have 20 or 32 different position mapping modes, and the CSI-RS in each position mapping mode is in one PRB. The CSI-RS sent by the 4 antenna ports can have 10 different location mapping modes. The CSI-RS in each location mapping mode occupies 4 REs on one PRB pair; 8 antenna ports send The CSI-RS can have five different location mapping modes, and the CSI-RS in each location mapping mode occupies 8 REs on one PRB pair. In actual use, the time and frequency position at which the CSI-RS is transmitted can be indicated according to Table 1 and Table 2.
此外, 在现有协议中, 基站可以为 UE配置零功率的 CSI-RS或非零功率 的 CSI-RS。 具体的, 基站可以下发零功率的 CSI-RS信令为 UE指示零功率 的 CSI-RS , 以使 UE可以在该零功率的 CSI-RS信令指示的 CSI-RS的映射位 置上进行干扰测量;基站还可以下发非零功率的 CSI-RS信令为 UE指示非零 功率的 CSI-RS , 以使 UE可以在该非零功率的 CSI-RS信令指示的 CSI-RS的 映射位置上进行信道状态信息 (Channel State Information, 简称 CSI) 测量。 上述两种信令的结构相同,均是为了指示 CSI-RS的映射位置,统称为 CSI-RS 配置信息。 In addition, in the existing protocol, the base station can configure the UE with zero-power CSI-RS or non-zero-power CSI-RS. Specifically, the base station may send zero-power CSI-RS signaling to indicate a zero-power CSI-RS for the UE, so that the UE may perform interference on the CSI-RS mapping position indicated by the zero-power CSI-RS signaling. The base station may also indicate non-zero-power CSI-RS for the UE by sending non-zero-power CSI-RS signaling to enable the UE to map the CSI-RS indicated by the non-zero-power CSI-RS signaling. Channel State Information (CSI) measurement is performed on the channel state information. The above two types of signaling have the same structure, and are all used to indicate the mapping location of the CSI-RS, which are collectively referred to as CSI-RS configuration information.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例的方案都是以 PRB为单位执行的, 且同样 适用于以 PRB对为单位的映射方式。 为了更清晰地描述在一个 PRB对内与 其它信号间的关系, 更清楚的说明本发明实施例的方案, 本说明书的后续实 施例中的资源映射图样都是基于图 1中的 PRB对来说明的。 图 2为本发明实施例一提供的一种解调参考信号的传输方法的流程图。 如图 2所示, 本实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 可以包括以下歩骤: 歩骤 S100、 第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 发 送解调参考信号的位置包括第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映 射位置, 解调参考信号用于解调第二用户设备的数据。 It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are all performed in units of PRBs, and are also applicable to mapping manners in units of PRB pairs. In order to more clearly describe the relationship between the PRB pair and other signals, the solution of the embodiment of the present invention is more clearly described. The resource mapping pattern in the subsequent embodiments of the present specification is based on the PRB pair in FIG. of. FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps: Step S100: The first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, and sends a demodulation reference signal. The location includes a mapped location of the CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is unused, and the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment.
歩骤 S101、 第一设备向第二用户设备发送配置信息, 配置信息用于指示 解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置。
歩骤 S102、 第一设备在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置发送解调 参考信号。 Step S101: The first device sends configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. Step S102: The first device sends a demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block.
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可 以是网络设备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 当 第一设备为基站时, 相应的, 上述解调参考信号即为基站发送给第二用户设 备, 用以第二用户设备的数据解调的解调参考信号, 因此可以叫做下行解调 参考信号; 当第一设备为用户设备 (User Equipment, 简称 UE) 时, 上述解 调参考信号仍是用于第二用户设备的数据解调, 但没有上行和下行之分。 The executor of each step in this embodiment is a first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having an inter-UE communication function. When the first device is a base station, correspondingly, the demodulation reference signal is sent to the second user equipment by the base station, and the demodulation reference signal used for data demodulation of the second user equipment may be called a downlink demodulation reference signal. When the first device is a user equipment (User Equipment, UE for short), the demodulation reference signal is still used for data demodulation of the second user equipment, but there is no uplink or downlink.
由于现有技术是用 DM-RS实现用户数据解调, 而其可用的 DM-RS的资 源位置有限,如图 1所描述的,现有的 DM-RS不能同时支持超过 8个数据流 的数据解调, 如果每个数据流对应一个用户, 也就是说, 现有技术最多同时 支持 8个用户。 Since the prior art implements user data demodulation with DM-RS, and the available DM-RS has limited resource locations, as shown in FIG. 1, the existing DM-RS cannot simultaneously support data of more than 8 data streams. Demodulation, if each data stream corresponds to one user, that is, the prior art supports up to 8 users at the same time.
在本实施例中,第一设备可以不在 DM-RS的位置发送解调参考信号,而 是用如图 1所示的 CSI-RS的可用资源位置, 作为发送解调参考信号的位置, 从而实现更多用户的数据解调。 具体的, 上述发送解调参考信号的位置包括 已经使用、 未使用的、 已经使用加未使用中的任一种 CSI-RS的映射位置。 In this embodiment, the first device may not send the demodulation reference signal at the location of the DM-RS, but use the available resource location of the CSI-RS as shown in FIG. 1 as the location for transmitting the demodulation reference signal, thereby realizing More user data demodulation. Specifically, the location of the above-mentioned transmit demodulation reference signal includes a mapped position that has been used, is not used, and has been used with any of the unused CSI-RSs.
作为一种可行的实施方式,第一设备可以确定在其已经使用的 CSI-RS的 映射位置发送解调参考信号。 也就是说, 第一设备可以确定用已经用来发送 第一用户设备的 CSI-RS的映射位置向第二用户设备发送解调参考信号。需要 说明的是, 这里的第一用户设备, 以下简称第一 UE, 表示 LTE旧版本对应 的 UE, 第二用户设备, 以下简称第二 UE, 为 LTE新版本对应的 UE, LTE 旧版本是指本申请引入之前的 LTE协议的版本, LTE新版本是引入本申请的 LTE版本,一般的,如果本发明的方法在 Rel-n中引入,则旧版本为 LTE Rel-n 之前的版本, 新版本是指 LTE Rel-n。 除非特别说明, 下述的第二 UE、 第一 UE、 LTE新版本和 LTE旧版本, 均沿用此处的定义。 As a possible implementation, the first device may determine to transmit a demodulation reference signal at a mapped location of the CSI-RS that it has used. That is, the first device may determine to transmit a demodulation reference signal to the second user equipment with the mapping location of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first user equipment. It should be noted that the first user equipment here, hereinafter referred to as the first UE, represents the UE corresponding to the old version of LTE, the second user equipment, hereinafter referred to as the second UE, is the UE corresponding to the new version of LTE, and the old version of LTE refers to This application introduces the previous version of the LTE protocol. The new version of LTE is the LTE version introduced in this application. Generally, if the method of the present invention is introduced in Rel-n, the old version is the version before LTE Rel-n, the new version. Refers to LTE Rel-n. Unless otherwise stated, the second UE, the first UE, the new LTE version, and the old LTE version described below all follow the definition herein.
作为另一种可行的实施方式,第一设备可以确定在其未使用的 CSI-RS的 映射位置发送解调参考信号。 也就是说, 第一设备可以用其所有可用的 CSI-RS的映射位置减去已经用来发送第一 UE的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 然后 确定用剩余的 CSI-RS的映射位置发送解调参考信号。 As another possible implementation manner, the first device may determine to transmit a demodulation reference signal at a mapped position of its unused CSI-RS. That is, the first device may subtract the mapping position of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE with the mapping position of all available CSI-RSs, and then determine to transmit the demodulation with the mapping position of the remaining CSI-RSs. Reference signal.
作为另一种可行的实施方式, 第一设备也可以采用上述两种实施方式的
组合方式来确定发送解调参考信号的位置。 也就是说, 第一设备既可以确定 用已经用来发送第一 UE的 CSI-RS的映射位置向第二 UE发送解调参考信号, 又可以用其所有可用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置减去已经用来发送第一 UE 的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 然后确定用剩余的 CSI-RS的映射位置发送解调参考信 号。 As another feasible implementation manner, the first device may also adopt the foregoing two implementation manners. The combination is used to determine the location at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted. That is, the first device may determine that the demodulation reference signal is sent to the second UE by using the mapping location of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE, and may be subtracted from the mapping position of all available CSI-RSs. The mapped position of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE, and then determines to transmit the demodulation reference signal with the mapped position of the remaining CSI-RS.
需要说明的是, 上述三种可行的实施方式只限定第一设备发送上述解调 参考信号的位置不超过第一设备已经使用的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用加未 使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 对上述解调参考信号具体如何映射到已经使用 的,或未使用的,或已经使用加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置并不作具体限定, 也就是说, 具体到图 1, 如果第一设备可以使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置(包括 已经使用加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置)为所有交叉条纹 RE组成的资源位 置, 那么, 第一设备在一个 PRB对上发送上述解调参考信号的位置不超过图 1中所有交叉条纹 RE组成的资源位置。 It should be noted that the foregoing three feasible implementation manners only limit that the location where the first device sends the demodulation reference signal does not exceed that that has been used by the first device, or is not used, or has been used with an unused CSI-RS. Mapping position, how to map the above demodulation reference signal to the already used, or unused, or the mapping position of the unused CSI-RS has been used, that is, specifically to FIG. 1, if The mapping location of the CSI-RS that the first device can use (including the mapping location where the unused CSI-RS has been used) is the resource location composed of all the cross stripes RE, then the first device sends the above solution on one PRB pair. The position of the reference signal does not exceed the resource position of all the cross stripes RE in FIG.
进一歩地, 上述解调参考信号可以是 CSI-RS , 也可以是第一 DM-RS或 第二 DM-RS。具体的, CSI-RS是现有技术中用来执行信道状态信息(Channel State Information, 简称 CSI)测量操作的参考信号; 第一 DM-RS为未经过预 编码的用于进行数据解调的解调参考信号, 从资源映射方式上来说, 它是按 照 CSI-RS 的映射方式映射到物理资源块中的上述发送解调参考信号的位置 上的;第二 DM-RS为经过预编码的用于进行数据解调的解调参考信号,从资 源映射方式上来说, 它是按照预设的映射方式映射在物理资源块中发送解调 参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS , 这里的预设的映射方式可以是不同于 CSI-RS 的映射方式的任一种预设方式。 Further, the demodulation reference signal may be a CSI-RS, or may be a first DM-RS or a second DM-RS. Specifically, the CSI-RS is a reference signal used in the prior art to perform a channel state information (CSI) measurement operation; the first DM-RS is a pre-coded solution for performing data demodulation. To adjust the reference signal, in terms of resource mapping manner, it is mapped to the location of the above-mentioned transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to the mapping manner of the CSI-RS; the second DM-RS is precoded for Demodulation reference signal for data demodulation, in terms of resource mapping manner, it maps the DM-RS at the position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a preset mapping manner, where the preset mapping is performed. The mode may be any preset manner different from the mapping mode of the CSI-RS.
需要说明的是, 上述第一 DM-RS 和第二 DM-RS 均与现有技术中的 DM-RS , 也就是图 1中正 45 ° 斜划线 RE上的 DM-RS不同, 这里的不同只 是说它们在一个 PRB对中的映射位置不同, 但对其具体的序列生成方式并不 做限定,可能与现有 DM-RS相同或不同,也可能与现有 CSI-RS相同或不同。 具体到图 1, 第一 DM-RS和第二 DM-RS不是映射在正 45 ° 斜划线 RE上, 而是映射在交叉条纹 RE组成的资源位置上。 It should be noted that the first DM-RS and the second DM-RS are different from the DM-RS in the prior art, that is, the DM-RS on the positive 45° diagonal line RE in FIG. 1, and the difference here is only They are said to have different mapping positions in a PRB pair, but the specific sequence generation method is not limited, and may be the same as or different from the existing DM-RS, or may be the same as or different from the existing CSI-RS. Specifically, the first DM-RS and the second DM-RS are not mapped on the positive 45 ° diagonal line RE, but are mapped on the resource locations composed of the cross stripes RE.
第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置后, 为了保证第 二 UE可以用上述解调参考信号进行数据解调,第一设备可以向第二 UE发送
配置信息, 用来指示上述解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置。 After the first device determines that the location of the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, in order to ensure that the second UE can perform data demodulation by using the demodulation reference signal, the first device may send the second UE to the second UE. The configuration information is used to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
当第一设备确定了发送上述解调参考信号的位置, 并发送配置信息后, 即可在物理资源块中上述发送解调参考信号的位置上发送解调参考信号。 由 于第一设备发送了配置信息, 因此, 第二 UE可以根据配置信息, 在物理资 源块中上述发送解调参考信号的位置接收上述解调参考信号, 从而完成数据 解调。 After the first device determines the location of transmitting the demodulation reference signal and sends the configuration information, the demodulation reference signal may be sent at the location of the physical resource block in which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted. Since the configuration information is sent by the first device, the second UE may receive the demodulation reference signal at the location of the foregoing demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to the configuration information, thereby completing data demodulation.
需要说明的是, 这里对上述三个歩骤的执行顺序并不做具体限定, 在实 际中, 可以根据需要灵活调整三个歩骤的执行顺序。 It should be noted that the order of execution of the above three steps is not specifically limited. In practice, the order of execution of the three steps can be flexibly adjusted as needed.
此外, 这里并不限制第二 UE的数量, 也就是说, 该解调参考信号可以 用于至少一个第二 UE的数据解调, 即第一设备只需保证发送给多个第二 UE 的解调参考信号的位置集合不超过上述发送解调参考信号的位置, 就可以在 同一个物理资源块中向至少一个第二 UE发送其各自的解调参考信号, 从而 使得至少一个第二 UE可以使用同一块时域和频域资源, 并根据各自的解调 参考信号完成各自的数据解调。 In addition, the number of second UEs is not limited here, that is, the demodulation reference signal can be used for data demodulation of at least one second UE, that is, the first device only needs to guarantee the solution sent to multiple second UEs. The location set of the reference signal does not exceed the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal, and the respective demodulation reference signals may be sent to the at least one second UE in the same physical resource block, so that the at least one second UE can be used. The same block of time domain and frequency domain resources, and complete their respective data demodulation according to their respective demodulation reference signals.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第一设备确定在物理资源 块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 该发送解调参考信号的位置包括第一设备已 经使用的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 并向 第二 UE发送配置信息用以指示解调参考信号在上述物理资源块中的位置, 从而使得第二 UE可以根据接收的解调参考信号进行数据解调。 由于第一设 备用上述发送解调参考信号的位置发送解调参考信号, 因此, 可以支持更多 用户的数据解调。 图 3为本发明实施例二提供的一种解调参考信号的传输方法的流程图。 如图 3所示, 本实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 可以包括以下歩骤: 歩骤 S200、 第二 UE接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 配置信息用于指示 解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置。 In the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in the foregoing embodiment, the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes that the first device has been used, or is not used. Or mapping location of the unused CSI-RS that has been used, and transmitting configuration information to the second UE to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing physical resource block, so that the second UE can be based on the received solution The reference signal is adjusted for data demodulation. Since the first set of alternate locations for transmitting the demodulation reference signal transmits the demodulation reference signal, more user data demodulation can be supported. FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps: Step S200: The second UE receives configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the demodulation reference signal is The location in the physical resource block.
歩骤 S201、 第二 UE在物理资源块中配置信息指示的位置上接收第一设 备发送的解调参考信号, 配置信息指示的位置包括第一设备已经使用的和 /或 未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置,解调参考信号用于解调第二用户设备的数据。 Step S201: The second UE receives, at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block, a demodulation reference signal sent by the first device, where the location indicated by the configuration information includes a CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used. The mapping position, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate the data of the second user equipment.
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第二 UE, 在实际中, 该第二 UE可以为
LTE新版本对应的 UE。 The executor of each step in this embodiment is a second UE. In practice, the second UE may be UE corresponding to the new version of LTE.
当第一设备向第二 UE发送配置信息和解调参考信号后,第二 UE需要接 收上述配置信息和解调参考信号。 After the first device sends the configuration information and the demodulation reference signal to the second UE, the second UE needs to receive the configuration information and the demodulation reference signal.
第二 UE可以根据接收的配置信息确定上述解调参考信号在物理资源块 中的位置, 并在该配置信息指示的位置接收上述解调参考信号。 The second UE may determine a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to the received configuration information, and receive the demodulation reference signal at a location indicated by the configuration information.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第二 UE根据配置信息在物 理资源块中配置信息指示的位置上接收解调参考信号, 从而根据上述解调参 考信号进行数据解调。 由于第二 UE的解调参考信号是在第一设备已经使用 的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置上, 因此, 可 以实现更多用户的数据解调。 图 4为本发明实施例三提供的一种第一设备和第二用户设备的交互流程 图。本实施例详细说明第一设备发送的解调参考信号为 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS 时, 第一设备和第二用户设备, 即第二 UE的具体交互过程。 如图 4所示, 本实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 可以包括以下歩骤: In the transmission method of the demodulation reference signal of the above embodiment, the second UE receives the demodulation reference signal at the position indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block according to the configuration information, thereby performing data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal. Since the demodulation reference signal of the second UE is used at the mapping position of the unused CSI-RS that has been used by the first device, or is not used, the data demodulation of more users can be implemented. . FIG. 4 is a flow chart of interaction between a first device and a second user device according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention. In this embodiment, the specific interaction process between the first device and the second user equipment, that is, the second UE, when the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device is the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is described in detail. As shown in FIG. 4, the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps:
歩骤 S300、第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的 位置。 Step S300: The first device determines, where the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 第一设备可以确定发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置。 上述发 送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置包括已经使用, 或未使用的, 或已经使用加 未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置。上述 CSI-RS的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统 版本 Rel-10中定义的物理资源块中用于放置 CSI-RS的所有 RE的位置集合。 具体到图 1, 即为所有交叉条纹 RE组成的资源位置。 Specifically, the first device may determine a location for transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS. The location where the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is transmitted includes the mapped location that has been used, or is not used, or has been used with the unused CSI-RS. The mapping position of the above CSI-RS is a set of locations of all REs for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10. Specific to Figure 1, it is the resource location composed of all cross stripes RE.
作为第一种情况, 当上述发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置为第一设备 已经使用的 CSI-RS映射位置时, 第一设备确定向第二 UE发送 CSI-RS或第 一 DM-RS的位置与其发送给第一 UE的 CSI-RS的映射位置相同。 具体的, 作为一种可行的实现方式,第一设备可以发送 CSI-RS作为第二 UE的解调参 考信号。 由于 CSI-RS的发送是全带宽的, 因而第二 UE也可以收到第一设备 发送给第一 UE的 CSI-RS , 亦即, 此时第一设备在上述 CSI-RS的映射位置
上发送给第二 UE的解调参考信号即为在上述 CSI-RS的映射位置上发送给第 一 UE的 CSI-RS。作为另一种可行的实现方式,第一设备可以发送第一 DM-RS 作为第二 UE的解调参考信号。也就是说,第一设备可以在第一 UE的 CSI-RS 的映射位置上发送第一 DM-RS , 当然, 由于上述 CSI-RS的映射位置已经用 来放置第一 UE的 CSI-RS , 此时再在相同位置为第二 UE发送第一 DM-RS , 可能会产生干扰, 因此, 此种实现方式可以作为一种次优的解决方案。 总的 来说, 在这种情况下, 第一设备不需要为第二 UE配置新的 CSI-RS的映射位 置, 也不需要为第二 UE发送新的 CSI-RS , 而只需通知第二 UE在现有设备 的 CSI-RS的映射位置上做数据解调即可。 As a first case, when the location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is the CSI-RS mapping location that the first device has used, the first device determines to send the CSI-RS or the first DM to the second UE. The location of the -RS is the same as the mapping location of the CSI-RS sent to the first UE. Specifically, as a feasible implementation manner, the first device may send the CSI-RS as the demodulation reference signal of the second UE. Since the transmission of the CSI-RS is full bandwidth, the second UE may also receive the CSI-RS sent by the first device to the first UE, that is, the mapping position of the first device at the CSI-RS at this time. The demodulation reference signal sent to the second UE is the CSI-RS transmitted to the first UE at the mapping position of the CSI-RS. As another possible implementation manner, the first device may send the first DM-RS as the demodulation reference signal of the second UE. That is, the first device may send the first DM-RS on the mapping location of the CSI-RS of the first UE. Of course, since the mapping location of the CSI-RS is already used to place the CSI-RS of the first UE, The first DM-RS is sent to the second UE at the same location, which may cause interference. Therefore, this implementation can be used as a sub-optimal solution. In general, in this case, the first device does not need to configure a mapping location of the new CSI-RS for the second UE, and does not need to send a new CSI-RS for the second UE, but only needs to notify the second The UE can perform data demodulation on the mapping position of the CSI-RS of the existing device.
作为第二种情况, 当上述发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置为第一设备 未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置时,第一设备确定向第二 UE发送解调参考信号 的位置为第一设备所有可用的 CSI-RS的映射位置减去已经用来发送第一 UE 的 CSI-RS的映射位置之后, 剩余的 CSI-RS的映射位置。 具体的, 作为一种 可行的实现方式,第一设备可以发送 CSI-RS作为第二 UE的解调参考信号。。 由于此时第一设备并未使用上述 CSI-RS映射位置, 因此,第一设备可以在未 使用的 CSI-RS映射位置发送 CSI-RS , 作为解调参考信号。 与第一设备在已 经使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置上发送 CSI-RS作为解调参考信号的情况不同, 此时第一设备并没有复用已经使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 而是使用新的 CSI-RS的映射位置发送解调参考信号, 也就是第一设备需要为第二 UE配置 除第一 UE的 CSI-RS之外的 CSI-RS资源作为解调参考信号。 作为另一种可 行的实现方式,第一设备可以发送第一 DM-RS作为第二 UE的解调参考信号。 此时的情况与本段第一种实现方式的情况相似,只不过第一 DM-RS的序列生 成方式可能与 CSI-RS不同。 As a second case, when the location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is the mapping location of the CSI-RS that is not used by the first device, the first device determines to send the location of the demodulation reference signal to the second UE. The mapping position of the remaining CSI-RSs after the mapping position of all available CSI-RSs of the first device is subtracted from the mapping position of the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE. Specifically, as a feasible implementation manner, the first device may send the CSI-RS as the demodulation reference signal of the second UE. . Since the first device does not use the above CSI-RS mapping location at this time, the first device may send the CSI-RS as an demodulation reference signal at the unused CSI-RS mapping location. Different from the case where the first device transmits the CSI-RS as the demodulation reference signal at the mapping position of the CSI-RS that has been used, the first device does not reuse the mapping position of the used CSI-RS, but uses The mapping position of the new CSI-RS transmits a demodulation reference signal, that is, the first device needs to configure a CSI-RS resource other than the CSI-RS of the first UE for the second UE as a demodulation reference signal. As another feasible implementation, the first device may send the first DM-RS as the demodulation reference signal of the second UE. The situation at this time is similar to the case of the first implementation of this paragraph, except that the sequence generation method of the first DM-RS may be different from the CSI-RS.
作为第三种情况, 当上述发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置为第一设备 已经使用加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置时,第一设备确定向第二 UE发送解 调参考信号的位置为第一设备已经使用加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置之和。 具体的, 当上述发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置为已经使用的 CSI-RS的 映射位置时, 其具体实现方式与前面第一种情况的描述相同, 当上述发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置分别为未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置时,其具体 实现方式与前面第二种情况的描述相同, 在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是, 由于 CSI-RS 是用来做信道状态信息 (Channel State Information, 简称 CSI) 测量的, 因此, 第一设备在发送 CSI-RS时并不对它 做预编码, 因此, 当上述解调参考信号为 CSI-RS时, 第一设备还需要为第二 UE发送预编码指示信息, 以使第二 UE可以根据该 CSI-RS和预编码信息进 行数据解调。 由于第一 DM-RS同样未经预编码, 因此与 CSI-RS情况相同, 也需要为第二 UE发送预编码指示信息。 As a third case, when the location of the foregoing CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is that the first device has used the mapping location of the unused CSI-RS, the first device determines to send a demodulation reference to the second UE. The location of the signal is the sum of the mapped locations of the CSI-RS that the first device has used plus unused. Specifically, when the location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is the mapping location of the used CSI-RS, the specific implementation manner is the same as the description of the foregoing first case, when the foregoing CSI-RS or When the location of the first DM-RS is the mapping location of the unused CSI-RS, the specific implementation manner is the same as that in the previous case, and details are not described herein again. It should be noted that, since the CSI-RS is used for channel state information (CSI) measurement, the first device does not pre-code the CSI-RS when transmitting the CSI-RS. Therefore, when the solution is When the reference signal is a CSI-RS, the first device further needs to send precoding indication information to the second UE, so that the second UE can perform data demodulation according to the CSI-RS and the precoding information. Since the first DM-RS is also not precoded, as in the case of the CSI-RS, precoding indication information needs to be transmitted for the second UE.
此外, 现有的 LTE Rel-10中, CSI-RS是全带宽发送给现有的 UE的, 在 上述方案中, 当解调参考信号为 CSI-RS时,第一设备可以确定在全带宽或是 第二 UE的专用带宽上发送 CSI-RS。 同样的, 第一设备也可以确定在全带宽 或是第二 UE的专用带宽上发送第一 DM-RS。 也就是说, 此处对上述解调参 考信号的发送带宽并不做限定。 In addition, in the existing LTE Rel-10, the CSI-RS is transmitted to the existing UE by using the full bandwidth. In the foregoing solution, when the demodulation reference signal is a CSI-RS, the first device may determine the full bandwidth or The CSI-RS is transmitted on the dedicated bandwidth of the second UE. Similarly, the first device may also determine to transmit the first DM-RS on the full bandwidth or on the dedicated bandwidth of the second UE. That is to say, the transmission bandwidth of the above demodulation reference signal is not limited herein.
歩骤 S301、 第一设备向第二 UE 发送配置信息, 配置信息用于指示 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS在物理资源块中的位置。 Step S301: The first device sends configuration information to the second UE, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS in the physical resource block.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位 置后, 还需要向第二 UE发送配置信息, 以指示 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS在物 理资源块中的位置。 Specifically, after the first device determines to send the CSI-RS or the location of the first DM-RS in the physical resource block, the first information needs to be sent to the second UE to indicate that the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is in the physical resource. The position in the block.
进一歩地, 从前面对第一 DM-RS 的定义可知, 第一 DM-RS 也是按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射到物理资源块中的,因此,第一设备可以用 LTE Rel-10 中定义的非零功率的 CSI-RS信令作为配置信息,用以通知第二 UE上述解调 参考信号在物理资源块中的位置。 Further, from the definition of the first DM-RS, the first DM-RS is also mapped to the physical resource block according to the mapping manner of the CSI-RS. Therefore, the first device can be defined in the LTE Rel-10. The non-zero power CSI-RS signaling is used as configuration information to notify the second UE of the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
上述非零功率的 CSI-RS信令是由基站下发给 UE, 用于指示 CSI-RS在 物理资源块中的位置的信令。 具体的, 上述非零功率的 CSI-RS信令包括表 1 和表 2中的如下参数: CSI-RS的配置编号、 CSI-RS的天线端口配置数量、 发送 CSI-RS的子帧配置、 CSI-RS的发送周期及 CSI-RS的子帧偏移。通过上 述几个参数, 第一设备便可以为第二 UE指示出解调参考信号在物理资源块 中的位置。 The non-zero-power CSI-RS signaling is sent by the base station to the UE for indicating the location of the CSI-RS in the physical resource block. Specifically, the non-zero-power CSI-RS signaling includes the following parameters in Table 1 and Table 2: CSI-RS configuration number, CSI-RS antenna port configuration number, CSI-RS subframe configuration, CSI - The transmission period of the RS and the subframe offset of the CSI-RS. Through the above several parameters, the first device can indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block for the second UE.
特别的, 对第一 DM-RS 而言, 上述非零功率的 CSI-RS 信令还包括在 PDSCH的每个 RE上的功率与上述发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置上的每
个资源单元的能量 (Energy Per Resource Element, 简称 EPRE) 的比值 p-C, 该比值的单位是分贝 (dB ) 。 例如, 若 p-C = -3, 则表示 PDSCH信号上的功 率是上述发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置上信号的功率的 1/2。 Specifically, for the first DM-RS, the foregoing non-zero power CSI-RS signaling further includes a power on each RE of the PDSCH and each of the locations of the foregoing CSI-RS or the first DM-RS. The ratio of the Energy Per Resource Element (EPRE) pC, the unit of the ratio is decibel (dB). For example, if pC = -3, it means that the power on the PDSCH signal is 1/2 of the power of the signal at the position of the above-mentioned CSI-RS or the first DM-RS.
可选的, 第一设备可以将上述配置信息放置于下行控制信息 (Downlink Control Information, 简称 DCI)中, 然后下发给第二 UE, 以指示上述 CSI-RS 或第一 DM-RS在物理资源块中的位置。 当然, 考虑到非零功率的 CSI-RS信 令对应的信令字较多, 第一设备也可以使用无线资源控制协议 (Radio Resource Control, 简称 RRC) 信令来向第二 UE进行指示, 在指示的时候, 第一设备需要明确指定上述非零功率的 CSI-RS信令所指示的 CSI-RS的映射 位置是用来给第二 UE做数据解调使用的。 Optionally, the first device may be configured to be in the downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI for short), and then sent to the second UE, to indicate that the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is in the physical resource. The position in the block. Of course, the first device may also use the Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling to indicate to the second UE, in view of the fact that the CSI-RS signaling of the non-zero power corresponds to more signaling words. When indicating, the first device needs to explicitly specify that the mapping location of the CSI-RS indicated by the non-zero power CSI-RS signaling is used for data demodulation of the second UE.
歩骤 S302、 第一设备向第二 UE发送预编码指示。 Step S302: The first device sends a precoding indication to the second UE.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 由于上述 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS均未经过预编码, 而第一设备 发送给第二 UE的数据又是经过预编码后的数据, 因此,为了让第二 UE进行 数据解调, 第一设备还需要为第二 UE发送预编码指示, 该预编码指示用于 指示第二 UE的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使第二 UE可以根据该 CSI-RS或 第一 DM-RS, 以及上述预编码信息进行数据解调。 Specifically, since the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is not pre-coded, the data sent by the first device to the second UE is pre-coded data. Therefore, in order to perform data solution for the second UE. The first device further needs to send a precoding indication to the second UE, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second UE, so that the second UE can be according to the CSI-RS or the first DM- RS, and the above precoding information for data demodulation.
可选的, 根据现有 LTE Rel-10关于用户数据预编码的协议规定, 第一设 备至少需要用两个信令字来指示上述预编码信息, 一个信令字是发射预编码 矩阵指示(Transmitted Precoding Matrix Indicator, 简称 TPMI) , 另一个信令 字是 PMI 确认信令字。 具体的, 第一设备可以使用 TPMI 来指示其在发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的带宽上使用了 LTE Rel-8及后续演进的协议中规定 的码本中的哪个码字; PMI确认信令则用来指示发送给第二 UE的数据使用 的是哪种预编码的码字。 Optionally, according to the existing LTE Rel-10 protocol for user data precoding, the first device needs to use at least two signaling words to indicate the foregoing precoding information, and one signaling word is a transmit precoding matrix indication (Transmitted) Precoding Matrix Indicator (TPMI), another signaling word is the PMI acknowledgment signal word. Specifically, the first device may use the TPMI to indicate which codeword in the codebook specified in the LTE Rel-8 and subsequent evolved protocols is used on the bandwidth for transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS; The signaling is used to indicate which precoded codeword is used for the data sent to the second UE.
具体的, TPMI的比特数不小于第一设备发送第二 UE的数据的天线端口 数对应的码本中码字的个数, 如 2天线端口对应的码本中有 4个码字, 因此 TPMI最小可以为 2比特; 4天线端口对应的码本中有 16个码字, 因此 TPMI 最小可以为 4比特; 8天线端口对应的码本中有 64个码字, 因此 TPMI最小 可以为 8比特; 当有更多天线端口发送数据时, 如 32天线端口, 则 TPMI的
比特数应不小于 32天线端口对应的码本中码字的个数, 例如, TPMI最小可 以为 32比特。 Specifically, the number of bits in the TPMI is not less than the number of codewords in the codebook corresponding to the number of antenna ports in which the data of the second UE is sent by the first device, for example, there are 4 codewords in the codebook corresponding to the 2 antenna ports, so TPMI The minimum can be 2 bits; 4 antenna ports have 16 code words in the codebook, so the TPMI can be 4 bits minimum; 8 antenna ports have 64 code words in the codebook, so the TPMI can be 8 bits minimum; When there are more antenna ports to send data, such as 32 antenna ports, then TPMI The number of bits should be not less than the number of codewords in the codebook corresponding to the 32 antenna ports. For example, the TPMI can be a minimum of 32 bits.
进一歩地, PMI确认信令的比特位数并没有具体限制, 只要能够指示发 送给第二 UE的数据使用的是哪种预编码的码字即可。 举例来说, PMI确认 信令可以使用 1比特来表示,如果其值为 0, 则表示使用 TPMI指示的码字来 做预编码; 如果其值为 1, 则表示使用的是在最近的一次通过非周期的 CSI 上报给第一设备的 PMI值。 对于不同的系统, 最近的一次非周期的 CSI上报 时间间隔值是不同的。 FDD系统为 4毫秒, TDD系统为最小间隔为 4毫秒。 此外, 上下行配置比不同, 上述间隔值也会不同, 具体的值可遵循 LTE协议 TDD相关的规定进行。 Further, the number of bits of the PMI acknowledgment signal is not particularly limited as long as it can indicate which precoded codeword is used for the data transmitted to the second UE. For example, PMI acknowledgment signaling can be represented by 1 bit. If its value is 0, it means that the codeword indicated by TPMI is used for precoding; if its value is 1, it means that the last pass is used. The non-periodic CSI reports the PMI value of the first device. For different systems, the most recent aperiodic CSI reporting interval value is different. The FDD system is 4 milliseconds and the TDD system has a minimum interval of 4 milliseconds. In addition, the uplink and downlink configuration ratios are different, and the above interval values are also different. The specific values may be performed in accordance with the LTE protocol TDD related regulations.
在具体实现时, 上述信令字可以作为某种信令的组成部分, 由第一设备 下发给第二 UE。 由于 TPMI和 PMI确认信令字是用来进行数据解调的, 因 此, TPMI和 PMI确认信令字应该以快速的信令来指示, 在 LTE中, 这种快 速的信令可以是 DCI。 为了实现上述指示, 需要设计新的 DCI, 以在其中携 带上述预编码指示。 需要说明的是, 新的 DCI中至少要包括 TPMI和 PMI确 认令字这两个信令字。当然,也可以用 RRC信令来指示 TPMI和 PMI确认信 需要说明的是,歩骤 S302是在第一设备未对数据做预编码的情况下才需 要执行的, 也就是说, 若第一设备对数据做了预编码, 那么第二 UE可以直 接用第一设备发送的解调参考信号进行数据解调, 此时的解调参考信号可以 是第二 DM-RS , 在后续的实施例中会对这种情况进行详细描述。 In a specific implementation, the foregoing signaling word may be sent to the second UE by the first device as part of a certain signaling. Since the TPMI and PMI acknowledgment signal words are used for data demodulation, the TPMI and PMI acknowledgment signal words should be indicated by fast signaling. In LTE, this fast signaling can be DCI. In order to implement the above indication, a new DCI needs to be designed to carry the above precoding indication therein. It should be noted that the new DCI must include at least two signaling words, TPMI and PMI acknowledgement. Of course, RRC signaling can also be used to indicate the TPMI and the PMI confirmation message. It should be noted that step S302 is performed only when the first device does not precode the data, that is, if the first device The data is pre-coded, and the second UE can directly perform data demodulation by using the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device. The demodulation reference signal at this time may be the second DM-RS. In the following embodiments, This situation is described in detail.
歩骤 S303、 第一设备向第二 UE发送第一指示信息。 Step S303: The first device sends the first indication information to the second UE.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 当第二 UE与其他设备复用相同的物理资源块时, 也就是说, 同一物理资源块上不仅有第二 UE的解调参考信号和数据, 也有其他设备的 解调参考信号和数据时, 第一设备需要向第二 UE发送第一指示信息。 需要 说明的是, 此处的其他设备, 既可以是前文定义的第一 UE, 也可以是其余的 第二 UE。 Specifically, when the second UE multiplexes the same physical resource block with other devices, that is, not only the demodulation reference signal and data of the second UE but also the demodulation reference signal of the other device are on the same physical resource block. When the data is used, the first device needs to send the first indication information to the second UE. It should be noted that other devices herein may be the first UE defined in the foregoing or the remaining second UE.
进一歩地, 第一指示信息用于指示第二 UE在物理资源块中进行速率匹
配或干扰测量的位置。 也就是说, 第二 UE可以根据第一指示信息指示的位 置, 进行速率匹配或干扰测量操作。 在实际中, 具体是在该位置做速率匹配 还是干扰测量, 由第一设备调度决定。 Further, the first indication information is used to indicate that the second UE performs the rate in the physical resource block. Match or interfere with the location of the measurement. That is, the second UE may perform rate matching or interference measurement operations according to the location indicated by the first indication information. In practice, specifically whether to perform rate matching or interference measurement at the location is determined by the first device scheduling.
更进一歩地,若上述物理资源块中包括至少一个第一 UE发送 DM-RS的 位置, 也就是说, 有至少一个第一 UE与第二 UE共用相同的物理资源块, 此 时,上述第一指示信息指示的位置需要包括所有第一 UE的 DM-RS在物理资 源块中的位置。第二 UE需要在第一指示信息所指示的所有第一 UE的 DM-RS 的位置上, 做速率匹配或干扰测量。 Further, if the physical resource block includes at least one location where the first UE sends the DM-RS, that is, at least one of the first UE and the second UE share the same physical resource block. The location indicated by the indication information needs to include the location of the DM-RS of all the first UEs in the physical resource block. The second UE needs to perform rate matching or interference measurement on the location of the DM-RS of all the first UEs indicated by the first indication information.
更进一歩地, 由于上述 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS可以用于解调两个以上第 二 UE的数据, 因此,若上述物理资源块中包括至少一个第二 UE的解调参考 信号和数据时, 第一指示信息指示的位置需要包括在物理资源块上发送给两 个以上第二 UE中除第二 UE之外的其他第二 UE的解调参考信号的位置,即 第二 UE需要在第一指示信息所指示的其余第二 UE的解调参考信号的位置 上, 做速率匹配或干扰测量。 Further, since the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS may be used to demodulate data of two or more second UEs, if the physical resource block includes at least one demodulation reference signal of the second UE, In the case of data, the location indicated by the first indication information needs to include the location of the demodulation reference signal sent to the second UE of the two or more second UEs other than the second UE on the physical resource block, that is, the second UE needs Rate matching or interference measurement is performed at the position of the demodulation reference signal of the remaining second UEs indicated by the first indication information.
具体到实现方式, 当解调参考信号为 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS时, 第一指 示信息可以为现有协议中的零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 实际中是由上层 RRC信 令告知 UE, 当前的 CSI-RS配置信息具体是二者中的哪一种。需要说明的是, 这里并不限定歩骤 S301、 S302和 S303的先后顺序, 即在实际中, 可灵活调 整这三者的执行顺序。 此外, 上述配置信息、 第一指示信息和第二指示信息 可以通过一条信令发送, 也可以分成两个或三个信令发送。 Specifically, when the demodulation reference signal is a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS, the first indication information may be zero-power CSI-RS signaling in the existing protocol. In practice, the upper RRC signaling informs the UE that the current CSI-RS configuration information is specifically which of the two. It should be noted that the sequence of steps S301, S302, and S303 is not limited herein, that is, in practice, the order of execution of the three may be flexibly adjusted. In addition, the foregoing configuration information, the first indication information, and the second indication information may be sent by one signaling, or may be divided into two or three signaling.
歩骤 S304、 第一设备在物理资源块中发送 CSI-RS的位置发送 CSI-RS , 或者, 第一设备在物理资源块中发送第一 DM-RS的位置发送第一 DM-RS。 Step S304: The first device sends a CSI-RS in a location where the CSI-RS is sent in the physical resource block, or the first device sends the first DM-RS in a location where the first DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 当第一设备确定了发送给第二 UE的 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的 位置, 并向第二 UE发送了相关信令之后, 就可以向第二 UE发送 CSI-RS或 第一 DM-RS了。 Specifically, after the first device determines the location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS that is sent to the second UE, and sends the relevant signaling to the second UE, the CSI-RS or the CSI-RS may be sent to the second UE. The first DM-RS.
需要说明的是, 一般情况下, 由于上述 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS是用来进 行数据解调的, 因此, 第一设备可以先发信令再发 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS , 但这里只限定歩骤 S300和 S304需要先后执行, 至于信令和 CSI-RS或第一
DM-RS的发送的先后顺序, 则不做严格限定。 It should be noted that, in general, since the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is used for data demodulation, the first device may send a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS. , but here only the steps S300 and S304 need to be performed sequentially, as for signaling and CSI-RS or first The order in which DM-RSs are sent is not strictly limited.
此外, 可选的, 第一设备还可以向基站发送第三指示信令, 此处的基站 是指具备基站发射功能的设备, 并不特指现有的基站。 具体的, 上述第三指 示信令用于指示第二 UE的 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS在物理资源块中的位置, 以使基站预留第二 UE的 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS在物理资源块中的位置。 举 例来说, 为了限制和减少多个小区之间的同频干扰, 第一设备可以将给第 二 UE发送的 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS占用的资源位置的信息发送给相邻小 区或发射机, 也就是基站, 以便相邻小区或发射机空出相应的资源位置来 对第一设备发送的 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS进行保护。 In addition, optionally, the first device may further send third indication signaling to the base station, where the base station refers to a device that has a base station transmitting function, and does not specifically refer to an existing base station. Specifically, the foregoing third indication signaling is used to indicate a CSI-RS of the second UE or a location of the first DM-RS in the physical resource block, so that the base station reserves the CSI-RS or the first DM of the second UE. The location of the RS in the physical resource block. For example, in order to limit and reduce co-channel interference between multiple cells, the first device may send information about a CSI-RS sent by the second UE or a resource location occupied by the first DM-RS to a neighboring cell or The transmitter, that is, the base station, allows the neighboring cell or transmitter to vacate the corresponding resource location to protect the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS transmitted by the first device.
歩骤 S305、 第二 UE接收第一设备发送的配置信息。 Step S305: The second UE receives configuration information sent by the first device.
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第二 UE, 在实际中, 该第二 UE可以为 LTE新版本对应的 UE。 The executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE. In practice, the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
具体的, 由于第一设备向第二 UE发送了配置信息, 因此, 第二 UE需要 接收上述配置信息, 并根据该配置信息确定 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS在物理资 源块中的位置。 Specifically, the first device needs to receive the configuration information, and the second UE needs to receive the configuration information, and determine, according to the configuration information, a location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS in the physical resource block.
歩骤 S306、 第二 UE接收第一设备发送的预编码指示。 Step S306: The second UE receives the precoding indication sent by the first device.
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第二 UE, 在实际中, 该第二 UE可以为 LTE新版本对应的 UE。 The executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE. In practice, the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
具体的, 由于第一设备向第二 UE发送了预编码指示, 因此, 第二 UE 需要接收上述预编码指示, 并根据该预编码指示获取第二 UE的数据的预编 码信息。 Specifically, the first UE needs to receive the precoding indication to the second UE , and therefore, the second UE needs to receive the precoding indication, and acquire precoding information of the data of the second UE according to the precoding indication.
歩骤 S307、 第二 UE接收第一设备发送的第一指示信息。 Step S307: The second UE receives the first indication information sent by the first device.
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第二 UE, 在实际中, 该第二 UE可以为 LTE新版本对应的 UE。 The executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE. In practice, the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
具体的, 由于第一设备向第二 UE发送了第一指示信息, 因此, 第二 UE 需要接收上述第一指示信息, 并根据该第一指示信息所指示的物理资源块中 的位置进行速率匹配或干扰测量。 Specifically, the first device sends the first indication information to the second UE, so the second UE needs to receive the first indication information, and performs rate matching according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information. Or interfere with the measurement.
在实际中, 上述第一指示信息可以通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 歩骤 S308、 第二 UE根据第一指示信息指示的物理资源块中的位置, 进 行速率匹配或干扰测量。
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第二 UE, 在实际中, 该第二 UE可以为 LTE新版本对应的 UE。 In practice, the foregoing first indication information may be carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling. Step S308: The second UE performs rate matching or interference measurement according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information. The executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE. In practice, the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
具体的, 第二 UE在收到第一指示信息后, 可以根据该信令所指示的物 理资源块中的位置进行速率匹配或干扰测量。 Specifically, after receiving the first indication information, the second UE may perform rate matching or interference measurement according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the signaling.
需要说明的是, 与歩骤 S301、 S302和 S303的顺序类似, 这里并不限定 歩骤 S306、 歩骤 S307和歩骤 S308的先后顺序。 第二 UE执行上述三个歩骤 的排序可以与第一设备的顺序对应, 也可以不对应。 在实际中, 可以根据需 要灵活调整第一设备的发送和第二 UE的接收顺序。 It should be noted that, similar to the sequence of steps S301, S302, and S303, the sequence of steps S306, S307, and S308 is not limited herein. The order in which the second UE performs the above three steps may or may not correspond to the order of the first device. In practice, the transmission of the first device and the reception sequence of the second UE may be flexibly adjusted as needed.
歩骤 S309、 第二 UE在物理资源块中发送 CSI-RS的位置接收第一设备 发送的 CSI-RS , 或者, 第二 UE在物理资源块中发送第一 DM-RS的位置接 收第一设备发送的第一 DM-RS。 Step S309: The second UE receives the CSI-RS sent by the first device in the location where the CSI-RS is sent in the physical resource block, or the second UE sends the first device in the location where the first DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block. The first DM-RS sent.
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第二 UE, 在实际中, 该第二 UE可以为 LTE新版本对应的 UE。 The executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE. In practice, the second UE may be the UE corresponding to the new LTE version.
具体的, 由于第一设备向第二 UE发送了 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS , 因此, 第二 UE需要接收上述 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS。具体的,第二 UE需要在上述 配置信息指示的 CSI-RS 或第一 DM-RS 在物理资源块中的位置接收上述 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS。 Specifically, the first device needs to receive the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS by sending the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS to the second UE. Specifically, the second UE needs to receive the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS in the location of the CSI-RS indicated by the configuration information or the location of the first DM-RS in the physical resource block.
歩骤 S310、 第二 UE根据 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS , 以及预编码信息进行 用户数据解调。 Step S310: The second UE performs user data demodulation according to the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS and the precoding information.
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第二 UE, 在实际中, 该第二 UE可以为 The executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE. In practice, the second UE may be
LTE新版本对应的 UE。 The UE corresponding to the new version of LTE.
具体的, 由于第一设备发送给第二 UE的解调参考信号为 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS ,也就是未经过预编码的参考信号,因此,第二 UE需要综合该 CSI-RS 或第一 DM-RS与上述预编码指示所指示的预编码信息, 进行用户数据解调, 也就是第二 UE的数据的解调。 Specifically, since the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device to the second UE is a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS, that is, a reference signal that is not precoded, the second UE needs to integrate the CSI-RS or The first DM-RS and the precoding information indicated by the precoding indication described above perform user data demodulation, that is, demodulation of data of the second UE.
需要说明的是, 由于第一设备是先发信令再发 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS , 因此第二 UE是先接收信令再接收 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS。 在实际中, 第一 设备的发送顺序并不固定, 因此, 这里对第二 UE的接收顺序也不做严格限 为了更清楚的描述上述方案, 下面结合图 1中的 PRB对上的资源占用图
样, 详细说明第一基站如何根据表 1的不同的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式,确定 发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置, 从而灵活地支持更多的用户解调。 It should be noted that, since the first device is a pre-transmitted CSI-RS or a first DM-RS, the second UE receives the signaling and then receives the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS. In practice, the order of sending the first device is not fixed. Therefore, the order of receiving the second UE is not strictly limited. In order to describe the solution more clearly, the resource occupancy map on the PRB pair in FIG. 1 is combined below. For example, how the first base station determines the location of transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the location mapping manner of different CSI-RSs of Table 1, thereby flexibly supporting more user demodulation.
图 5为 LTE Rel-10的正常循环前缀下一种 4天线端口的 CSI-RS在一个 PRB对中的资源映射图。 图 5中不同图样的 RE代表的涵义与图 1相同, 此 处不再赘述。 Figure 5 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of a 4-antenna port in a PRB pair under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10. The representation of RE in the different patterns in Fig. 5 has the same meaning as in Fig. 1, and will not be described again here.
具体的,第一设备可以按照图 5所示的 CSI-RS映射位置发送解调参考信 号, g卩 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS。 如图 5所示, 此时 CSI-RS在一个 PRB对中 共占用了 4个 RE, 即图中的交叉条纹 RE, 也就是说, 第一设备可以在上述 4个 RE的位置发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS。 上述 4个 RE的位置可以是第一 设备已经使用的或未使用的或已经使用加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置。 Specifically, the first device may send the demodulation reference signal, g卩 CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the CSI-RS mapping position shown in FIG. 5. As shown in Figure 5, the CSI-RS occupies 4 REs in a PRB pair, that is, the cross-strip RE in the figure. That is, the first device can send the CSI-RS or the CSI-RS at the location of the above four REs. The first DM-RS. The location of the above four REs may be a mapping location that has been used or not used by the first device or that has been used with an unused CSI-RS.
进一歩地, 第一设备可以用非零功率的 CSI-RS信令通知第二 UE上述 4 个 RE的位置。 具体到图 5, 以 CSI-RS配置编号和发送的天线端口数为例, 根据表 1, 第一设备可以将发送 CSI-RS的天线端口数配置为 4, 并将 CSI-RS 配置编号配置为 0,即可指示出上述 4个天线端口的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式。 需要说明的是,在实际中还需配置表 2中的相关参数, 来指示发送 CSI-RS的 子帧序号, 其配置方式与表 2的描述相同。 后面的实施例只简要说明 CSI-RS 在物理资源块中的不同位置映射时的 CSI-RS 配置编号配置和发送的天线端 口数, 关于表 2的配置不再赘述。 Further, the first device may notify the location of the four REs of the second UE by using non-zero power CSI-RS signaling. As shown in FIG. 5 , taking the CSI-RS configuration number and the number of transmitted antenna ports as an example, according to Table 1, the first device may configure the number of antenna ports for transmitting CSI-RS to 4, and configure the CSI-RS configuration number as 0, the position mapping mode of the CSI-RS of the above four antenna ports can be indicated. It should be noted that, in practice, the relevant parameters in Table 2 need to be configured to indicate the sequence number of the subframe in which the CSI-RS is transmitted, and the configuration manner is the same as that in Table 2. The following embodiment only briefly describes the CSI-RS configuration number configuration and the number of transmitted antenna ports when the CSI-RS is mapped in different locations in the physical resource block. The configuration of Table 2 will not be described again.
更进一歩地, 由于解调一个数据流所需要的解调参考信号所占的 RE个 数是不同的, 即一个数据流的数据解调所需要的 RE个数不同, 因此, 可以 对上述 4个天线端口的 CSI-RS占用的 4个 RE做不同的分配。 Further, since the number of REs occupied by the demodulation reference signal required for demodulating a data stream is different, that is, the number of REs required for data demodulation of one data stream is different, and therefore, the above 4 The four REs occupied by the CSI-RS of the antenna ports are allocated differently.
具体的, 如果一个数据流的数据解调需要 2个 CSI-RS天线端口对应的 RE数, 即 2个 RE, 则第一设备最大可以同时支持 2个数据流的数据解调; 如果一个数据流的数据解调需要平均 1个 CSI-RS天线端口对应的 RE数, 即 1个 RE, 则第一设备第一设备最大可以同时支持 4个数据流的数据解调。 下 面以一个数据流的数据解调需要 2个 CSI-RS天线端口对应的 RE数为例做进 一歩的说明。 具体到用户数, 第一设备可以根据实际需要支持的第二 UE 的 个数以及每个第二 UE需要的数据流数, 确定如何分配上述 2个数据流。 例 如, 第一设备可以用上述 4个 RE支持一个数据流数为 2的第二 UE; 第一设 备还可以支持两个数据流数为 1的两个第二 UE。
需要说明的是, 上述 4个天线端口是用来发送 CSI-RS的 CSI-RS天线端 口,这里并不限定从第一设备发送 CSI-RS的天线端口与第一设备的物理天线 端口之间的映射关系。 在实际中, 第一设备实现的时候可以将多个物理天线 端口虚拟成一个发送 CSI-RS的天线端口。虚拟的方式可以是在多个物理天线 端口中动态地选一个, 或者是将多个物理天线端口经过预编码的方式生成一 个发送 CSI-RS的天线端口。 Specifically, if data demodulation of one data stream requires two REs corresponding to two CSI-RS antenna ports, that is, two REs, the first device can simultaneously support data demodulation of two data streams at the same time; if one data stream The data demodulation needs to average the number of REs corresponding to one CSI-RS antenna port, that is, one RE, and the first device of the first device can simultaneously support data demodulation of four data streams at the same time. In the following, the data demodulation of one data stream requires the number of REs corresponding to two CSI-RS antenna ports as an example. Specifically, the first device may determine how to allocate the two data streams according to the number of the second UEs that are actually supported and the number of data streams that each second UE needs. For example, the first device may support a second UE with a data stream number of 2 by using the foregoing four REs; the first device may also support two second UEs with two data streams of 1. It should be noted that the above four antenna ports are CSI-RS antenna ports used for transmitting CSI-RS, and are not limited herein between the antenna port that sends the CSI-RS from the first device and the physical antenna port of the first device. Mapping relations. In practice, when the first device is implemented, multiple physical antenna ports may be virtualized into one antenna port for transmitting CSI-RS. The virtual mode may be dynamically selecting one of multiple physical antenna ports, or generating a CSI-RS antenna port by precoding multiple physical antenna ports.
此外, 第一设备还可以根据第二 UE的信道状态信息, 在物理资源块中 确定发送 CSI-RS 或第一 DM-RS 的位置。 亦即, 针对处于不同环境的第二 UE,第一设备可以使用不同于图 5中的 CSI-RS占用位置的其他配置的 CSI-RS 用于发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS。 In addition, the first device may further determine, in the physical resource block, a location for transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the channel state information of the second UE. That is, for the second UE in different environments, the first device may use other configured CSI-RSs different from the CSI-RS occupation position in FIG. 5 for transmitting the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS.
具体的, 由于在图 5给出的 4个交叉条纹 RE中, 以每 2个紧邻的 RE为 一组, 这两组 RE在时域上均位于相同的 OFDM符号上, 因此, 图 5给出的 发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的位置由于其在时间上相对稳定, 因而更适用于 第二 UE的信道的频域选择性较强的场景。 当然, 第一设备也可以选择其他 的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式, 以使得发给第二 UE的解调参考信号能够在时域 和频域上错开。 Specifically, since the four intersecting stripes RE given in FIG. 5 are grouped by every two immediately adjacent REs, the two sets of REs are located on the same OFDM symbol in the time domain, and therefore, FIG. 5 shows The location of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS is relatively stable in time, and thus is more suitable for a scenario in which the frequency domain selectivity of the channel of the second UE is strong. Of course, the first device may also select another CSI-RS location mapping manner, so that the demodulation reference signals sent to the second UE can be staggered in the time domain and the frequency domain.
图 6为 LTE Rel-10的正常循环前缀下两种配置的 2天线端口的 CSI-RS 在一个 PRB对中的资源映射图。 图 6中不同图样的 RE代表的涵义与图 1相 同, 此处不再赘述。 如图 6所示, 其与图 5的区别在于, 此时图 6中的 4个 交叉条纹 RE可以对应表 1中的两个 2天线端口时的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式。 Figure 6 is a resource map of a CSI-RS of a two-antenna port of two configurations under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10 in a PRB pair. The representation of RE in the different patterns in Fig. 6 has the same meaning as in Fig. 1, and will not be described here. As shown in FIG. 6, the difference from FIG. 5 is that the four cross stripes RE in FIG. 6 can correspond to the position mapping manner of the CSI-RS when the two 2-antenna ports in Table 1 are used.
具体的, 根据表 1,第一设备可以将发送 CSI-RS的天线端口数配置为 2, 并将 CSI-RS配置编号配置为 0和 19,即可指示上述两个 2天线端口的 CSI-RS 的位置映射方式。 Specifically, according to Table 1, the first device may configure the number of antenna ports for transmitting the CSI-RS to be 2, and configure the CSI-RS configuration number to be 0 and 19, thereby indicating the CSI-RS of the two 2-antenna ports. The location mapping method.
进一歩地, 当第一设备按照图 6所示的 CSI-RS映射位置发送 CSI-RS或 第一 DM-RS时,如前面对图 5所描述的,根据每个数据流的数据解调所需要 RE个数的不同,第一设备最大也可以同时支持 2个或 4个数据流的数据解调。 至于如何分配上述 2个数据流, 与针对图 5的描述相同, 在此不再赘述。 Further, when the first device transmits the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the CSI-RS mapping position shown in FIG. 6, as described above with respect to FIG. 5, the data is demodulated according to each data stream. The number of REs required is different, and the first device can also support data demodulation of 2 or 4 data streams at the same time. As for how to allocate the above two data streams, the description is the same as that for FIG. 5, and details are not described herein again.
除此之外, 第一设备还可以根据实际需要支持的数据流数, 在更多的 CSI-RS映射位置发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS , 下面结合图 7来说明这一点。 In addition, the first device may also send the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS at more CSI-RS mapping locations according to the number of data streams that need to be supported, as illustrated in conjunction with FIG. 7.
图 7为 LTE Rel-10的正常循环前缀下一种 8天线端口的 CSI-RS在一个
PRB对中的资源映射图。 图 7中不同图样的 RE代表的涵义与图 1相同, 此 处不再赘述。 如图 7所示, 此时图 7中的 8个交叉条纹 RE可以对应表 1中 的两个 4天线端口时的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式。 Figure 7 shows the CSI-RS of an 8-antenna port under the normal cyclic prefix of LTE Rel-10. A map of resources in a PRB pair. RE of the different patterns in Fig. 7 has the same meaning as Fig. 1, and will not be described again here. As shown in FIG. 7, at this time, the eight cross stripes RE in FIG. 7 can correspond to the position mapping manner of the CSI-RS when the two 4-antenna ports in Table 1 are used.
具体的, 根据表 1,第一设备可以将发送 CSI-RS的天线端口数配置为 4, 并将 CSI-RS配置编号配置为 0和 9,即可指示上述两个 4天线端口的 CSI-RS 的位置映射方式。 Specifically, according to Table 1, the first device may configure the number of antenna ports for transmitting the CSI-RS to be 4, and configure the CSI-RS configuration number to be 0 and 9, thereby indicating the CSI-RS of the two 4-antenna ports. The location mapping method.
进一歩地, 当第一设备按照图 7所示的 CSI-RS映射位置发送 CSI-RS或 第一 DM-RS时, 同样的, 如前面对图 5所描述的, 根据每个数据流的数据解 调所需要 RE个数的不同, 第一设备最大可以同时支持 2个或 4个或 8个数 据流的数据解调。以第一设备最大可以同时支持 8个数据流的数据解调为例, 具体到用户数, 第一设备可以根据实际需要支持的第二 UE的个数以及每个 第二 UE需要的数据流数, 确定如何分配上述 8个数据流。 例如, 第一设备 可以用上述 8个 RE支持一个数据流数为 8的第二 UE; 第一设备还可以支持 两个数据流数为 4的两个第二 UE;第一设备还可以支持四个数据流数为 2的 第二 UE。 Further, when the first device transmits the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS according to the CSI-RS mapping position shown in FIG. 7, the same, as described above with respect to FIG. 5, according to each data stream The number of REs required for data demodulation is different. The first device can simultaneously support data demodulation of 2 or 4 or 8 data streams at the same time. For example, the data demodulation of the first device that can support up to eight data streams at the same time is taken as an example. Specifically, the number of users, the number of second UEs that the first device can support according to actual needs, and the number of data streams required by each second UE. , determine how to allocate the above 8 data streams. For example, the first device can support a second UE with a data flow number of 8 by using the foregoing 8 REs; the first device can also support two second UEs with two data streams of 4. The first device can also support four. The second UE with 2 data streams.
需要说明的是, 由于不同带宽上的 UE按频分复用的方式来进行传输, 因此, 当第一设备在全带宽上发送 CSI-RS时,第一设备既可以为位于不同带 宽上的 UE配置相同的 CSI-RS来做解调, 也可以配置成不同的 CSI-RS来做 解调。 It should be noted that, since the UEs in different bandwidths are transmitted in a frequency division multiplexing manner, when the first device sends the CSI-RS on the full bandwidth, the first device may be a UE located on different bandwidths. Configure the same CSI-RS for demodulation, or configure different CSI-RS for demodulation.
当然, 还可以使用其它各种配置方式, 这里不再一一列举。 但不论使用 何种方式, 第一设备在用 CSI-RS映射位置发送 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS时, 只需通过配置信息, 也就是上述歩骤 S301 , 将用于实现数据解调的 CSI-RS 的配置信息发送给第二 UE, 即可实现对更多数据流的数据解调, 从而支持更 多的 UE。 这里支持更多, 既包括了前面描述的在不同带宽上用 CSI-RS实现 第二 UE的数据解调, 也包括了第二 UE与第一 UE的 MU-MIMO。下面结合 图 8详细描述第一设备如何实现第二 UE与第一 UE的 MU-MIMO。 Of course, other various configurations can also be used, which are not enumerated here. Regardless of the method used, when the first device transmits the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS by using the CSI-RS mapping location, the configuration information, that is, the above step S301, is used to implement data demodulation. The configuration information of the CSI-RS is sent to the second UE, so that data demodulation of more data streams can be implemented, thereby supporting more UEs. There is more support here, including the data demodulation of the second UE implemented by CSI-RS on different bandwidths as described above, and the MU-MIMO of the second UE and the first UE. The following describes in detail how the first device implements MU-MIMO of the second UE and the first UE in conjunction with FIG. 8.
图 8为一个第二用户设备与第一用户设备进行空分复用的 MU-MIMO时 的资源映射图。 图 8中不同图样的 RE代表的涵义与图 1相同, 此处不再赘 述。 需要说明的是, 这里并不限制第一 UE的数量, 图中的左侧图形中的正 45 ° 斜划线 RE和右侧图形中的负 45 ° 多条斜划线 RE为所有第一 UE最大可
能占用的 DM-RS的资源位置。 FIG. 8 is a resource map of a MU-MIMO when a second user equipment performs space division multiplexing with a first user equipment. RE of the different patterns in FIG. 8 has the same meaning as FIG. 1 and will not be described again here. It should be noted that the number of the first UE is not limited here, and the positive 45° diagonal line RE in the left figure in the figure and the negative 45° multiple diagonal line RE in the right figure are all the first UEs. Maximum The resource location of the DM-RS that can be occupied.
具体的, 图 8左侧图形中的交叉条纹 RE表示第一 UE使用的 CSI-RS的 映射位置, 这些 CSI-RS 既可以为非零功率的 CSI-RS , 也可以为零功率的 CSI-RS , 且这里并不限定每个第一 UE具体使用哪种 CSI-RS , 其位置映射方 式与现有技术相同。 对比来看, 图 8右侧图形中的交叉条纹 RE表示第二 UE 用来做数据解调的 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS的映射位置, 可以看出, 在同一物 理资源块中, 第二 UE并不需要使用现有设备的 DM-RS位置来做数据解调, 而是占用第一 UE的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 这样就实现了第二 UE与第一 UE 的 MU-MIMO。 Specifically, the cross-strip RE in the left graph of FIG. 8 indicates the mapping positions of CSI-RSs used by the first UE, and these CSI-RSs may be CSI-RSs of non-zero power or CSI-RSs of zero power. The CSI-RS is not used in each of the first UEs, and the location mapping manner is the same as the prior art. In contrast, the cross-strip RE in the graph on the right side of FIG. 8 indicates the mapping position of the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS used by the second UE for data demodulation. It can be seen that in the same physical resource block, The two UEs do not need to use the DM-RS location of the existing device for data demodulation, but occupy the mapping position of the CSI-RS of the first UE, thus implementing MU-MIMO of the second UE and the first UE.
进一歩地,为了避免对第一 UE造成干扰,第二 UE需要在现有有设备的 Further, in order to avoid interference with the first UE, the second UE needs to be in the existing device.
DM-RS的端口上不发送任何数据, 即做速率匹配, 也就是图 8的右侧图形中 的负 45 ° 多条斜划线 RE表示的第一 UE的 DM-RS的位置。 当然, 这里给出 的是第一 UE占用了所有 DM-RS可用资源时的情况, 在实际中, 第二 UE只 需在现有设备实际占用的 DM-RS的资源位置做速率匹配即可。此外,第一设 备还需要根据上述歩骤 S303的描述, 使用第一指示信息向第二 UE指示在哪 些位置上做速率匹配。 No data is sent on the port of the DM-RS, that is, the rate matching is performed, that is, the position of the DM-RS of the first UE indicated by the negative 45 ° multiple diagonal lines RE in the right figure of FIG. Certainly, the case where the first UE occupies all the available resources of the DM-RS is given. In practice, the second UE only needs to perform rate matching on the resource location of the DM-RS actually occupied by the existing device. In addition, the first device further needs to indicate to the second UE at which locations the rate matching is performed according to the description of step S303 above.
需要说明的是, 图 8并不限制第二 UE的数量, 由于图 8与图 7—样, 此时的 8个 RE可以对应一种 8天线端口时的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式, 也可 以对应两个 4天线端口时的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式,同样如前面对图 5所描 述的, 根据每个数据流的数据解调所需要 RE个数的不同, 上述 8个 RE最大 可以同时支持 2个或 4个或 8个数据流的数据解调, 以最大支持 8个数据流 为例, 如何分配上述 8个数据流, 与针对图 7的描述相同, 在此不再赘述。 也就是说, 第一设备可以配置多个不同的第二 UE使用不同的 CSI-RS , 从而 在相同的时频资源上, 实现与第一 UE的 MU-MIMO的空分复用。 It should be noted that FIG. 8 does not limit the number of second UEs. As shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 7 , the eight REs at this time may correspond to the CSI-RS location mapping manner of an 8-antenna port, and may also be The position mapping manner of the CSI-RS corresponding to the two 4-antenna ports is also as described above with respect to FIG. 5. According to the difference in the number of REs required for data demodulation of each data stream, the above-mentioned eight REs may be the largest. The data demodulation of two or four or eight data streams is supported at the same time, and the eight data streams are supported as an example. How to allocate the above eight data streams is the same as that described with reference to FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again. That is, the first device may configure a plurality of different second UEs to use different CSI-RSs to implement space division multiplexing with the MU-MIMO of the first UE on the same time-frequency resource.
可以从图 8看出, 第一 UE的 DM-RS最大同时支持 8个数据流, 而第二 It can be seen from FIG. 8 that the DM-RS of the first UE supports up to 8 data streams at the same time, and the second
UE占用的 8个交叉条纹 RE也可以最大同时支持 8个数据流, 因此第一设备 最大可以同时支持 16个数据流的数据解调, 相比于现有技术, 第一设备的空 分复用 MU-MIMO能力提高了一倍。 The eight cross-strip REs occupied by the UE can also support up to eight data streams at the same time. Therefore, the first device can simultaneously support data demodulation of 16 data streams at the same time. Compared with the prior art, the space division multiplexing of the first device The MU-MIMO capability has doubled.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 不需要为第二 UE 设计新的 DM-RS资源映射方式, 也不需要占用第一 UE的 DM-RS的位置, 只需由第
一设备根据第二 UE的实际信道状况,确定在物理资源块中第一设备已经使 用的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置上发送解调 参考信号, 即 CSI-RS或第一 DM-RS , 并利用现有信令通知第二 UE上述解 调参考信号的位置, 即可使第二 UE完成数据解调, 因此, 可以在没有额外 开销的情况下, 支持更多用户的数据解调。 图 9为本发明实施例四提供的一种第一设备和第二用户设备的交互流程 图。本实施例详细说明第一设备发送的解调参考信号为第二 DM-RS时,第一 设备和第二用户设备, 即第二 UE的具体交互过程。 如图 9所示, 本实施例 的解调参考信号的传输方法, 可以包括以下歩骤: The method for transmitting the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing embodiment does not need to design a new DM-RS resource mapping manner for the second UE, and does not need to occupy the location of the DM-RS of the first UE, only by the Determining, by the device according to the actual channel condition of the second UE, that the demodulation reference signal is sent in a mapping position of the physical resource block that has been used by the first device, or is not used, or has been used and added to the unused CSI-RS, That is, the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS, and using the existing signaling to notify the location of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE, the second UE can complete the data demodulation, and therefore, without additional overhead. , Support data demodulation for more users. FIG. 9 is a flowchart of interaction between a first device and a second user device according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention. This embodiment details the specific interaction process between the first device and the second user equipment, that is, the second UE, when the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device is the second DM-RS. As shown in FIG. 9, the method for transmitting the demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps:
歩骤 S400、 第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送第二 DM-RS的位置。 本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 Step S400: The first device determines a location of sending the second DM-RS in the physical resource block. The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 第一设备可以确定在发送第二 DM-RS 的位置。 上述发送第二 DM-RS 的位置包括已经使用, 或未使用的, 或已经使用加未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置。 上述 CSI-RS的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定 义的物理资源块中用于放置 CSI-RS的所有 RE的位置集合。 具体到图 1, 即 为所有交叉条纹 RE组成的资源位置。 Specifically, the first device may determine a location where the second DM-RS is sent. The location where the second DM-RS is transmitted includes the mapped location that has been used, or is not used, or has been used with the unused CSI-RS. The mapping position of the above CSI-RS is a set of locations of all REs for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10. Specifically, Figure 1, which is the resource location of all the cross stripes RE.
作为第一种情况,当上述发送第二 DM-RS的位置为第一设备已经使用的 CSI-RS映射位置时, 第一设备确定向第二 UE发送第二 DM-RS的位置与其 发送给第一 UE的 CSI-RS 的映射位置相同。 具体的, 第一设备可以在第一 UE的 CSI-RS的映射位置上发送第二 DM-RS , 当然, 由于上述 CSI-RS的映 射位置已经用来放置第一 UE的 CSI-RS , 此时再在相同位置为第二 UE发送 第二 DM-RS , 可能会产生干扰, 因此, 此种实现方式可以作为一种次优的解 决方案。 总的来说, 在这种情况下, 第一设备不需要为第二 UE 配置新的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 而只需通知第二 UE在现有设备的 CSI-RS的映射位置 上做数据解调即可。 As a first case, when the location where the second DM-RS is sent is a CSI-RS mapping location that has been used by the first device, the first device determines to send the location of the second DM-RS to the second UE and sends it to the first The mapping position of a UE's CSI-RS is the same. Specifically, the first device may send the second DM-RS on the mapping location of the CSI-RS of the first UE. Of course, because the mapping location of the CSI-RS is already used to place the CSI-RS of the first UE, The second DM-RS is sent to the second UE at the same location, which may cause interference. Therefore, this implementation can be used as a sub-optimal solution. In general, in this case, the first device does not need to configure the mapping location of the new CSI-RS for the second UE, but only needs to notify the second UE to do the mapping location of the CSI-RS of the existing device. Data demodulation is sufficient.
作为第二种情况, 当上述发送第二 DM-RS 的位置为第一设备未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置时, 第一设备确定向第二 UE发送第二 DM-RS的位置为 第一设备所有可用的 CSI-RS的映射位置减去已经用来发送第一 UE的 CSI-RS
的映射位置之后, 剩余的 CSI-RS的映射位置。 具体的, 由于此时第一设备并 未使用上述发送第二 DM-RS的位置,因此,第一设备可以在未使用的 CSI-RS 映射位置发送第二 DM-RS , 作为解调参考信号。 与第一设备在已经使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置上发送 DM-RS作为解调参考信号的情况不同, 此时第一 设备并没有复用已经使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 而是使用新的 CSI-RS的映 射位置发送解调参考信号。 As a second case, when the location where the second DM-RS is sent is the mapping location of the CSI-RS that is not used by the first device, the first device determines that the location of sending the second DM-RS to the second UE is the first The mapping position of all available CSI-RSs of the device minus the CSI-RS that has been used to transmit the first UE After mapping the location, the remaining CSI-RS mapping locations. Specifically, since the first device does not use the location for sending the second DM-RS, the first device may send the second DM-RS as the demodulation reference signal in the unused CSI-RS mapping location. Different from the case where the first device transmits the DM-RS as the demodulation reference signal at the mapping position of the used CSI-RS, the first device does not reuse the mapping position of the used CSI-RS, but uses The mapping position of the new CSI-RS transmits a demodulation reference signal.
作为第三种情况,当上述发送第二 DM-RS的位置为第一设备已经使用加 未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置时, 第一设备确定向第二 UE发送第二 DM-RS 的位置为第一设备已经使用加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置之和。具体的, 当 上述发送第二 DM-RS的位置分别为已经使用的时,其具体实现方式与前面第 一种情况的描述相同, 当上述发送第二 DM-RS的位置分别为未使用的时,其 具体实现方式与前面第二种情况的描述相同, 在此不再赘述。 As a third case, when the location where the second DM-RS is sent is that the first device has used the mapping location of the unused CSI-RS, the first device determines to send the location of the second DM-RS to the second UE. The sum of the mapped locations of the unused CSI-RSs has been used for the first device. Specifically, when the locations of the foregoing second DM-RSs are respectively used, the specific implementation manner is the same as the description of the foregoing first case, when the locations of the foregoing second DM-RSs are respectively unused. The specific implementation manner is the same as that in the previous case, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是, 不同于歩骤 S300, 上述第二 DM-RS只是在上述发送第 二 DM-RS的位置发送, 但其具体的位置映射方式与 CSI-RS的位置映射方式 并不相同, 并且, 第二 DM-RS是经过第一设备预编码的, 因此, 第一设备也 不需要为第二 UE发送预编码指示信息, 第二 UE可以根据第二 DM-RS进行 数据解调。此外, 第一设备也可以不对第二 DM-RS进行预编码, 即不执行歩 骤 S402, 且除了 S409应与歩骤 S310相同外, 其余各歩骤同样适用于不进行 预编码的第二 DM-RS , 当然, 若第一设备不对第二 DM-RS进行预编码, 则 需要如实施例二所说的, 在 S404之前发送预编码指示, 并在 S405后接收上 述预编码指示, 其具体过程与前一实施例的发送和接收预编码指示相同, 此 处不再赘述。 It should be noted that, unlike step S300, the foregoing second DM-RS is only transmitted at the location where the second DM-RS is sent, but the specific location mapping manner is different from the location mapping manner of the CSI-RS, and The second DM-RS is pre-coded by the first device. Therefore, the first device does not need to send the pre-coding indication information to the second UE, and the second UE may perform data demodulation according to the second DM-RS. In addition, the first device may not pre-code the second DM-RS, that is, the step S402 is not performed, and the other steps are the same as the second DM without pre-coding, except that S409 should be the same as step S310. -RS, of course, if the first device does not precode the second DM-RS, it needs to send a precoding indication before S404 as described in Embodiment 2, and receive the foregoing precoding indication after S405, the specific process The transmission and reception precoding indications are the same as those of the previous embodiment, and are not described herein again.
在实际使用时,可以预先为第二 DM-RS配置不同的位置映射集合,例如 可以参考表 1和表 2的 CSI-RS配置方式,预先确定第二 DM-RS的可用位置, 此时第一设备需要为第二 UE指示发送第二 DM-RS的具体 RE位置以及上述 第二 DM-RS的位置映射集合。 In actual use, the second DM-RS may be configured with different location mapping sets in advance. For example, the CSI-RS configuration manners in Table 1 and Table 2 may be used to determine the available location of the second DM-RS in advance. The device needs to indicate, for the second UE, the specific RE location of the second DM-RS and the location mapping set of the second DM-RS.
还需要说明的是,第一设备发送第二 DM-RS的带宽只要不小于发送第二 UE的数据的带宽即可。 第一设备可以根据第二 UE的实际信道状况, 为它选 择相应密度的 RE来发送第二 DM-RS。 It should be noted that the bandwidth of the second DM-RS sent by the first device is not less than the bandwidth of the data of the second UE. The first device may select the RE of the corresponding density for the second DM-RS according to the actual channel condition of the second UE.
歩骤 S401、 第一设备向第二 UE发送配置信息, 配置信息用于指示第二
DM-RS在物理资源块中的位置。 Step S401: The first device sends configuration information to the second UE, where the configuration information is used to indicate the second The location of the DM-RS in the physical resource block.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送第二 DM-RS 的位置向第二 UE 发送解调参考信号后, 还需要向第二 UE 发送配置信息, 以指示第二 DM-RS在物理资源块中的位置。 Specifically, after the first device determines that the location of the second DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block to send the demodulation reference signal to the second UE, the configuration information needs to be sent to the second UE to indicate that the second DM-RS is in the physical The location in the resource block.
由于第二 DM-RS的位置映射集合为新定义的,因此需要设计新的信令来 作为配置信息。 举例来说, 可以参照歩骤 S301中的非零功率的 CSI-RS信令 的设计格式, 即如表 1和表 2所示的参数, 通过第二 DM-RS的配置编号、天 线端口配置数量、 子帧配置、 发送周期及子帧偏移等, 来通知第二 UE上述 解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置。 可选的, 第一设备可以将上述配置信 息放置于下行控制信息 (Downlink Control lnformation, 简称 DCI) , 然后下 发给第二 UE, 以指示上述解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置。 当然, 考虑 到上述配置信息对应的信令字较多, 第一设备也可以使用无线资源控制协议 (Radio Resource Control, 简称 RRC) 信令来向第二 UE进行指示, 在指示 的时候,第一设备需要明确指定上述配置信息所指示的 CSI-RS的映射位置是 用来给第二 UE做数据解调使用的。 Since the location mapping set of the second DM-RS is newly defined, new signaling needs to be designed as configuration information. For example, reference may be made to the design format of the non-zero power CSI-RS signaling in step S301, that is, the parameters shown in Table 1 and Table 2, the configuration number of the second DM-RS, and the number of antenna port configurations. And a subframe configuration, a transmission period, a subframe offset, and the like, to notify the second UE of the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. Optionally, the first device may be configured to perform the downlink control information (Downlink Control Organization, DCI), and then send the information to the second UE to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block. Of course, the first device may also use the Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling to indicate to the second UE, in the case of the indication, the first The device needs to explicitly specify that the mapping location of the CSI-RS indicated by the foregoing configuration information is used for data demodulation of the second UE.
需要说明的是, 根据歩骤 S201的描述, 对第一 DM-RS而言, 第一设备 还需为第二 UE下发 p-C值, 不同的是, 对第二 DM-RS而言, 这个比值 p-C 可以通过协议的方式固定, 因此不需要额外的信令来指示。 It should be noted that, according to the description of step S201, for the first DM-RS, the first device needs to send a pC value for the second UE, except that for the second DM-RS, the ratio is The pC can be fixed by means of a protocol, so no additional signaling is required to indicate.
歩骤 S402、 第一设备对第二 DM-RS进行预编码。 Step S402: The first device performs precoding on the second DM-RS.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 第一设备可以对第二 DM-RS进行预编码, 以使得第二 UE可以 根据第二 DM-RS完成数据解调。 此处对第二 DM-RS的预编码方式与现有技 术中对第一 UE的 DM-RS的预编码方式相同, 在此不再赘述。 Specifically, the first device may pre-code the second DM-RS, so that the second UE may perform data demodulation according to the second DM-RS. The precoding mode of the second DM-RS is the same as that of the DM-RS of the first UE in the prior art, and is not described here.
歩骤 S403、 第一设备向第二 UE发送第一指示信息。 Step S403: The first device sends the first indication information to the second UE.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
该歩骤的具体描述与歩骤 S303相同, 区别在于, 由于第二 DM-RS不是
按照 CSI-RS的位置映射方式映射在物理资源块中的, 因此, 这里的第一指示 信息也不能用零功率的 CSI-RS信令实现, 不过, 在实际中, 可以借用零功率 的 CSI-RS信令的格式, 来设计上述第一指示信息。 The detailed description of the step is the same as step S303, except that the second DM-RS is not The CSI-RS is mapped in the physical resource block according to the location mapping manner of the CSI-RS. Therefore, the first indication information here cannot be implemented by zero-power CSI-RS signaling. However, in practice, zero-power CSI may be borrowed. The format of the RS signaling is used to design the first indication information.
需要说明的是, 这里并不限定歩骤 S401、 S402和 S403的先后顺序, 即 在实际中, 可灵活调整这三者的执行顺序。 It should be noted that the sequence of steps S401, S402, and S403 is not limited herein, that is, in practice, the order of execution of the three may be flexibly adjusted.
歩骤 S404、 第一设备在物理资源块中发送第二 DM-RS的位置发送第二 DM-RS。 Step S404: The first device sends a second DM-RS in a location where the second DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 当第一设备确定了发送给第二 UE的第二 DM-RS的位置, 也就 是发送第二 DM-RS的位置, 并向第二 UE发送了相关信令之后, 就可以向第 二 UE发送第二 DM-RS了。 Specifically, after the first device determines the location of the second DM-RS that is sent to the second UE, that is, the location of the second DM-RS, and sends the relevant signaling to the second UE, The two UEs send the second DM-RS.
需要说明的是, 一般情况下, 由于第二 DM-RS是用来进行数据解调的, 因此, 第一设备可以先发信令再发第二 DM-RS , 但这里只限定歩骤 S400和 S404需要先后执行, 至于信令和第二 DM-RS的发送, 则不做严格限定。 It should be noted that, in general, since the second DM-RS is used for data demodulation, the first device may send the second DM-RS by sending signaling first, but only the step S400 is defined here. S404 needs to be executed one after another. As for the signaling and the transmission of the second DM-RS, it is not strictly limited.
此外, 可选的, 第一设备还可以向基站发送第三指示信令, 此处的基站 是指具备基站发射功能的设备, 并不特指现有的基站。 具体的, 上述第三指 示信令用于指示第二 UE的第二 DM-RS在物理资源块中的位置, 以使基站预 留第二 UE的第二 DM-RS在物理资源块中的位置。 举例来说, 为了限制和 减少多个小区之间的同频干扰, 第一设备可以将第二 UE 的第二 DM-RS 占用的资源位置的信息发送给相邻小区或发射机, 也就是基站, 以便相邻 小区或发射机空出相应的资源位置来对第一设备发送的第二 DM-RS进行 保护。 In addition, optionally, the first device may further send third indication signaling to the base station, where the base station refers to a device that has a base station transmitting function, and does not specifically refer to an existing base station. Specifically, the foregoing third indication signaling is used to indicate a location of the second DM-RS of the second UE in the physical resource block, so that the base station reserves the location of the second DM-RS of the second UE in the physical resource block. . For example, in order to limit and reduce co-channel interference between multiple cells, the first device may send information about resource locations occupied by the second DM-RS of the second UE to the neighboring cell or transmitter, that is, the base station. So that the neighboring cell or the transmitter vacates the corresponding resource location to protect the second DM-RS sent by the first device.
歩骤 S405、 第二 UE接收第一设备发送的配置信息。 Step S405: The second UE receives configuration information sent by the first device.
歩骤 S406、 第二 UE接收第一设备发送的第一指示信息。 Step S406: The second UE receives the first indication information sent by the first device.
歩骤 S407、 第二 UE根据第一指示信息指示的物理资源块中的位置, 进 行速率匹配或干扰测量。 Step S407: The second UE performs rate matching or interference measurement according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
歩骤 S408、 第二 UE在物理资源块中发送第二 DM-RS的位置接收第一 设备发送的第二 DM-RS。 Step S408: The second UE receives the second DM-RS sent by the first device in a location where the second DM-RS is sent in the physical resource block.
上面歩骤 S405 与歩骤 S305 的描述相同, 歩骤 S406~S408 与歩骤
S307-S309相同, 区别在于, 需要将歩骤 S305、 S307-S309中的 CSI-RS或 第一 DM-RS替换为第二 DM-RS。 The above step S405 is the same as the description of step S305, and steps S406~S408 and the step S307-S309 are the same, except that the CSI-RS or the first DM-RS in step S305, S307-S309 needs to be replaced with the second DM-RS.
此外,在实际中,上述第一指示信息可以通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 歩骤 S409、 第二 UE根据第二 DM-RS进行用户数据解调。 In addition, in practice, the foregoing first indication information may be carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling. Step S409: The second UE performs user data demodulation according to the second DM-RS.
本实施例中各歩骤的执行主体是第二 UE, 在实际中, 该第二 UE可以为 The executor of each step in this embodiment is the second UE. In practice, the second UE may be
LTE新版本对应的 UE。 The UE corresponding to the new version of LTE.
具体的, 由于第一设备发送的第二 UE的解调参考信号为第二 DM-RS , 其为经过预编码的参考信号, 因此, 第二 UE可以根据该第二 DM-RS进行用 户数据解调, 也就是第二 UE的数据的解调。 Specifically, the demodulation reference signal of the second UE sent by the first device is a second DM-RS, which is a pre-coded reference signal. Therefore, the second UE may perform user data solution according to the second DM-RS. Tuning, that is, demodulation of data of the second UE.
同样需要说明的是, 由于第一设备是先发信令再发第二 DM-RS , 因此第 二 UE是先接收信令再接收第二 DM-RS。 在实际中, 第一设备的发送顺序并 不固定, 因此, 这里对第二 UE的接收顺序也不做严格限定。 It should also be noted that, since the first device is the first signaling to retransmit the second DM-RS, the second UE receives the signaling first and then receives the second DM-RS. In practice, the order of transmission of the first device is not fixed. Therefore, the order of receiving the second UE is not strictly limited herein.
由于第二 DM-RS只是在上述发送第二 DM-RS的位置映射, 其映射的方 式与 CSI-RS不同。 这种不同体现在, CSI-RS在所有 PRB对上都相同, 第二 DM-RS在相邻的 PRB上既可以相同, 也可以不同。 Since the second DM-RS only maps the location of the second DM-RS, it is mapped differently from the CSI-RS. This difference is reflected in that the CSI-RS is the same on all PRB pairs, and the second DM-RS can be the same or different on the adjacent PRB.
为了更清楚的描述上述方案, 下面结合图 1中的 PRB对上的资源占用图 样, 详细说明多个第二 UE做 MU-MIMO时的资源映射图。 In order to describe the above solution more clearly, the resource mapping diagram of the multiple UEs in the MU-MIMO mode will be described in detail below with reference to the resource occupancy pattern on the PRB pair in FIG.
图 10为正常循环前缀下两个第二用户设备在一个 PRB对中进行空分复 用的 MU-MIMO时的资源映射图。 图 10中不同图样的 RE代表的涵义与图 1 相同, 此处不再赘述。 Figure 10 is a resource map of MU-MIMO when two second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in a PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix. The representation of RE in the different patterns in Fig. 10 has the same meaning as in Fig. 1, and will not be described here.
具体的, 如图 10所示, 其中, UE1和 UE2均为第二 UE, 图中交叉条纹 表示它们的第二 DM-RS占用的 RE位置。 从左至右, 从上至下, 第一张图为 UE1的第二 DM-RS占用的 RE位置,第二张图为 UE2的第二 DM-RS占用的 RE位置, 第三张图为 UE1和 UE2的第二 DM-RS共同占用的 RE位置。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10, UE1 and UE2 are both UEs, and the cross stripes in the figure indicate the RE positions occupied by their second DM-RSs. From left to right, from top to bottom, the first picture is the RE position occupied by the second DM-RS of UE1, the second picture is the RE position occupied by the second DM-RS of UE2, and the third picture is UE1 The RE location shared with the second DM-RS of UE2.
进一歩地, UE1和 UE2的每个 PRB上的第二 DM-RS的资源映射图样相 同, 虽然 UE1和 UE2各自的第二 DM-RS占用的 RE位置与 CSI-RS的位置 映射方式不同, 即表 1中没有对应的 CSI-RS配置编号与这种 RE排列对应, 但是 UE1和 UE2的第二 DM-RS合并占用的资源, 即从左至右, 从上至下数 的第三张图, 此时 UE1和 UE2共同占用了 16个 RE, 这 2个 UE占用的资源 可以使用 4个 4天线端口的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式表示。具体到表 1的配置
编号, 可以将 CSI-RS的天线端口数配置为 4, 并将 CSI-RS配置编号配置为: 0, 5, 4, 9, 即可指示出上述 4个 4天线端口的 CSI-RS的位置映射方式。 Further, the resource mapping pattern of the second DM-RS on each of the PRBs of the UE1 and the UE2 is the same, although the RE locations occupied by the second DM-RSs of the UE1 and the UE2 are different from the location mapping manner of the CSI-RS, that is, The corresponding CSI-RS configuration number in Table 1 corresponds to this RE arrangement, but the resources occupied by the second DM-RS of UE1 and UE2 are merged, that is, from left to right, the third picture from top to bottom, At this time, UE1 and UE2 jointly occupy 16 REs, and the resources occupied by the two UEs can be represented by the location mapping manner of CSI-RSs of four 4-antenna ports. Specific to the configuration of Table 1 No. You can configure the CSI-RS antenna port number to 4 and configure the CSI-RS configuration number as: 0, 5, 4, 9, to indicate the CSI-RS position mapping of the four 4-antenna ports. the way.
更进一歩地, 如果第一设备下只使用了这两个 UE, 则此时只需要将这两 个 UE的第二 DM-RS对应的 4个 4天线端口的 CSI-RS的 RE位置用零功率 的 CSI-RS指示给第一 UE即可。 Further, if only the two UEs are used in the first device, only the RE positions of the CSI-RSs of the four 4-antenna ports corresponding to the second DM-RSs of the two UEs need to be zero. The CSI-RS of the power is indicated to the first UE.
更进一歩地, 对于 UE1和 UE2, 由于其各自占用了 8个 RE, 如前面对 图 5所描述的, 根据每个数据流的数据解调所需要 RE个数的不同, 第一设 备最大可以同时支持 2个或 4个或 8个或 16个数据流的数据解调。以每个数 据流的数据解调所需要 RE个数为 2为例, 即最大支持 8个数据流, 此时第 一设备最大可以为 UE1和 UE2各自传输 4个数据流。 Further, for UE1 and UE2, since they each occupy 8 REs, as described above with respect to FIG. 5, the first device is the largest according to the number of REs required for data demodulation of each data stream. Data demodulation of 2 or 4 or 8 or 16 data streams can be supported simultaneously. For example, the number of REs required for data demodulation of each data stream is 2, that is, a maximum of 8 data streams is supported. At this time, the first device can transmit up to 4 data streams for UE1 and UE2 respectively.
为了减少第二 DM-RS的开销,可以稀疏的方式在时域或频域相邻的 PRB 上放置第二 DM-RS的 RE。图 11为正常循环前缀下四个第二用户设备在一个 PRB对中进行空分复用的 MU-MIMO时的资源映射图。 图 11中不同图样的 RE代表的涵义与图 1相同, 此处不再赘述。 In order to reduce the overhead of the second DM-RS, the RE of the second DM-RS may be placed on the PRB adjacent to the time domain or the frequency domain in a sparse manner. 11 is a resource map of MU-MIMO when four second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in one PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix. RE of the different patterns in Fig. 11 has the same meaning as Fig. 1, and will not be described again here.
具体的, 如图 11所示, 其中, UE1、 UE2、 UE3和 UE4均为第二 UE, 图中交叉条纹表示它们的第二 DM-RS占用的 RE位置。 可以看出, 上述四个 UE合起来的第二 DM-RS占用的 RE位置与图 10的 UE1和 UE2合并起来的 第二 DM-RS占用的 RE位置相同, 即如图 10从左至右, 从上至下数的第三 张图。不同的是, 图 11相当于将图 10中的每个第二 UE的第二 DM-RS占用 的资源拆分给了两个第二 UE, 即将图 10中的 UE1的第二 DM-RS占用的资 源拆分成图 11中的 UE1和 UE2,将图 10中的 UE2的第二 DM-RS占用的资 源拆分成图 11中的 UE3和 UE4。以每个数据流的数据解调所需要 RE个数为 2为例, 图 11中第一设备最大能同时支持 8个数据流的数据解调, 由于此时 有四个 UE, 每个 UE的第二 DM-RS占用了 4个 RE, 因此, 每个 UE可以传 输 2个数据流的数据。 当然, 还可以将图 11中的每个 UE再继续拆分成两个 UE, 方法与图 11类似, 这里不再赘述。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11, UE1, UE2, UE3, and UE4 are all second UEs, and the cross stripes in the figure indicate the RE positions occupied by their second DM-RSs. It can be seen that the RE positions occupied by the second DM-RSs of the above four UEs are the same as the RE positions occupied by the second DM-RSs of UE1 and UE2 of FIG. 10, that is, from left to right as shown in FIG. The third picture from top to bottom. The difference is that FIG. 11 is equivalent to splitting the resources occupied by the second DM-RS of each second UE in FIG. 10 into two second UEs, that is, occupying the second DM-RS of UE1 in FIG. The resources are split into UE1 and UE2 in FIG. 11, and the resources occupied by the second DM-RS of UE2 in FIG. 10 are split into UE3 and UE4 in FIG. For example, the number of REs required for data demodulation of each data stream is 2, and the first device in FIG. 11 can simultaneously support data demodulation of 8 data streams at the same time, since there are four UEs at this time, each UE has The second DM-RS occupies 4 REs, so each UE can transmit data of 2 data streams. Of course, each UE in FIG. 11 can be further split into two UEs, and the method is similar to that in FIG. 11, and details are not described herein again.
此外, 为了对做 MU-MIMO的各设备进行保护, 需要在除自己之外的其 余设备的第二 DM-RS所在的区域进行速率匹配,如图 12所示。图 12为正常 循环前缀下四个第二用户设备在一个 PRB对中进行空分复用的 MU-MIMO时 的速率匹配图。 图 12中不同图样的 RE代表的涵义与图 1相同, 此处不再赘
述。 In addition, in order to protect each device that performs MU-MIMO, rate matching needs to be performed in the area where the second DM-RS of the other devices except itself is located, as shown in FIG. FIG. 12 is a rate matching diagram of MU-MIMO when four second user equipments perform space division multiplexing in one PRB pair under a normal cyclic prefix. The representation of RE in different patterns in Figure 12 has the same meaning as Figure 1, and is no longer here. Said.
具体的, 上述四个第二 UE, UE1、 UE2、 UE3禾 Π υΕ4, 不仅需要在第一 UE的 DM-RS的位置做速率匹配, 还需要在除自己之外的其余第二 UE的第 二 DM-RS的位置做速率匹配。 Specifically, the foregoing four second UEs, UE1, UE2, UE3, and ,4, need not only perform rate matching on the location of the DM-RS of the first UE, but also need to use the second of the remaining second UEs other than themselves. The position of the DM-RS is rate matched.
从图 10从左至右, 从上至下数的第三张图可以看出, 图中正 45 ° 斜划 线的 RE为第一 UE的 DM-RS占用的 RE位置, 交叉条纹的 RE为四个第二 UE的第二 DM-RS占用的 RE位置。仍然以每个数据流的数据解调所需要 RE 个数为 2为例,那么此时第二 DM-RS作为解调参考信号,可以最大同时支持 8个数据流的数据解调, 又由于第一 UE的 DM-RS最大能支持的 8个数据流 的数据解调,因此,此时第一设备最大可以同时支持 16个数据流的 MU-MIMO 的传输, 相当于将空分复用的 MU-MIMO的传输能力提高了一倍。 From the left to the right of Figure 10, the third picture from top to bottom can be seen, the RE of the positive 45 ° diagonal line in the figure is the RE position occupied by the DM-RS of the first UE, and the RE of the cross stripe is four. The RE position occupied by the second DM-RS of the second UE. Still taking the number of REs required for data demodulation of each data stream as 2, then the second DM-RS as a demodulation reference signal can support data demodulation of 8 data streams at the same time, and Data demodulation of 8 data streams that can be supported by a DM-RS of a UE. Therefore, the first device can support MU-MIMO transmission of 16 data streams at the same time, which is equivalent to MU of space division multiplexing. - The transmission capacity of MIMO has doubled.
可以看出, 第二 DM-RS的使用, 对第一 UE不会带来任何额外的信令和 标准化的影响, 第一 UE仍可按原有的协议进行配置后进行下行数据的发送 和测量, 这样就在引入更多 MU-MIMO的 UE进行空分复用传输时, 实现了 完全的后向兼容。 图 13 为本发明实施例五提供的一种第一设备和第一用户设备的交互流 程图。 如图 13所示, 本实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 可以包括以下歩 骤: It can be seen that the use of the second DM-RS does not bring any additional signaling and standardization effects to the first UE, and the first UE can still perform downlink data transmission and measurement after being configured according to the original protocol. In this way, when the UEs that introduce more MU-MIMO are used for space division multiplexing transmission, complete backward compatibility is achieved. FIG. 13 is a flow chart of interaction between a first device and a first user device according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 13, the method for transmitting the demodulation reference signal in this embodiment may include the following steps:
歩骤 S500、 第一设备向第一 UE发送第二指示信息。 Step S500: The first device sends the second indication information to the first UE.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一设备, 在实际中, 该第一设备既可以是网络设 备, 如基站、 中继节点, 也可以是具有 UE间通信功能的 UE。 The executor of this step is the first device. In practice, the first device may be a network device, such as a base station, a relay node, or a UE having a communication function between UEs.
具体的, 当第二 UE和第一 UE复用同一块时频资源时,第一设备需要向 第一 UE发送第二指示信息。 Specifically, when the second UE and the first UE multiplex the same time-frequency resource, the first device needs to send the second indication information to the first UE.
进一歩地, 第二指示信息用于指示第二 UE的解调参考信号在物理资源 块中的位置,以使第一 UE根据第二 UE的解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位 置进行速率匹配或干扰测量。 该指示信令所指示的位置, 只需包括所有第二 UE所占用的解调参考信号的位置即可。上述解调参考信号既可以为 CSI-RS , 也可以为第一 DM-RS或第二 DM-RS。 Further, the second indication information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE in the physical resource block, so that the first UE performs the rate according to the location of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE in the physical resource block. Match or interfere with the measurement. The location indicated by the indication signaling only needs to include the location of the demodulation reference signal occupied by all the second UEs. The above demodulation reference signal may be either a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS or a second DM-RS.
更进一歩地, 第二指示信息可以通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。
歩骤 S501、 第一 UE接收第一设备发送的第二指示信息。 Further, the second indication information may be carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling. Step S501: The first UE receives the second indication information sent by the first device.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一 UE, 在实际中, 该第一 UE可以是第一 UE。 具体的,第一设备向第一 UE发送第二指示信息后,第一 UE需要接收该 第二指示信息。 The executor of this step is the first UE. In practice, the first UE may be the first UE. Specifically, after the first device sends the second indication information to the first UE, the first UE needs to receive the second indication information.
歩骤 S502、 第一 UE根据第二 UE的解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位 置, 进行速率匹配或干扰测量。 Step S502: The first UE performs rate matching or interference measurement according to a position of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE in the physical resource block.
本歩骤的执行主体是第一 UE, 在实际中, 该第一 UE可以是第一 UE。 具体的, 由于第二指示信息指示了第二 UE的解调参考信号在物理资源 块中的位置, 因此, 第一 UE可以根据上述信令, 进行速率匹配或干扰测量。 在实际中, 具体是在该位置做速率匹配还是干扰测量, 由第一设备调度决定。 上述解调参考信号既可以为 CSI-RS , 也可以为第一 DM-RS或第二 DM-RS。 The executor of this step is the first UE. In practice, the first UE may be the first UE. Specifically, since the second indication information indicates the location of the demodulation reference signal of the second UE in the physical resource block, the first UE may perform rate matching or interference measurement according to the foregoing signaling. In practice, specifically whether to perform rate matching or interference measurement at the location is determined by the first device scheduling. The above demodulation reference signal may be either a CSI-RS or a first DM-RS or a second DM-RS.
采用上述实施例的方案, 由第一设备主动通知第一 UE, 让其进行速率匹 配或干扰测量, 实现了对第一 UE的后向兼容。 图 14为本发明实施例六提供的一种第一设备的结构示意图。 如图 14所 示, 该第一设备包括: 确定模块 10和发送模块 11。 With the solution of the foregoing embodiment, the first device actively notifies the first UE to perform rate matching or interference measurement, and implements backward compatibility with the first UE. FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 14, the first device includes: a determining module 10 and a sending module 11.
具体的, 确定模块 10用于确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位 置, 发送解调参考信号的位置包括第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状 态信息参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位置,解调参考信号用于解调第二用户设备的 数据;发送模块 11用于向第二用户设备发送配置信息, 配置信息用于指示解 调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置。 Specifically, the determining module 10 is configured to determine a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used. The mapping location is used to demodulate the data of the second user equipment; the sending module 11 is configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
进一歩地,发送模块 11还用于在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置 发送解调参考信号。 Further, the transmitting module 11 is further configured to transmit a demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
更进一歩地, 配置信息为非零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 Further, the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
更进一歩地, CSI-RS的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定 义的物理资源块中用于放置 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 Further, the mapping position of the CSI-RS is a set of locations of all resource elements RE for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10.
更进一歩地, 确定模块 10 具体用于: 根据第二用户设备的信道状态信 息, 确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置。 Further, the determining module 10 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the channel state information of the second user equipment, a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block.
更进一歩地, 发送模块 11还用于: 向第二用户设备发送预编码指示, 预 编码指示用于指示第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使第二用户设
备根据解调参考信号和预编码信息进行用户数据解调, 解调参考信号包括用 于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或者用于执行用户数据解调的第一下行解调 参考信号 DM-RS,第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射在物理资源块 中发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Further, the sending module 11 is further configured to: send a precoding indication to the second user equipment, where the precoding indicates the precoding information used to indicate the user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user sets User data demodulation is performed according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information, and the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM for performing user data demodulation. RS: The first DM-RS is a DM-RS that is mapped at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
更进一歩地, 预编码指示是第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源 控制 RRC信令发送的。 Further, the precoding indication is sent by the first device by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
更进一歩地,发送模块 11还用于: 向第二用户设备发送第一指示信息, 第一指示信息用于指示第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测 量的位置。 Further, the sending module 11 is further configured to: send the first indication information to the second user equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block.
更进一歩地, 第一指示信息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 Further, the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
更进一歩地,若物理资源块中包括向至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS 的位置, 则第一指示信息指示的位置包括向至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置。 Further, if the physical resource block includes a location for transmitting the DM-RS to the at least one first user equipment, the location indicated by the first indication information includes a location for transmitting the DM-RS to the at least one first user equipment.
更进一歩地, 若解调参考信号用于解调两个以上第二用户设备的数据, 则第一指示信息指示的位置包括在物理资源块上发送给两个以上第二用户设 备中除第二用户设备之外其他第二用户设备的解调参考信号的位置。 Further, if the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of two or more second user equipments, the location indicated by the first indication information is sent to the two or more second user equipments on the physical resource block. The location of the demodulation reference signal of the second user equipment other than the two user equipments.
更进一歩地,发送模块 11还用于: 向至少一个第一用户设备发送第二指 示信息, 第二指示信息用于指示第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以 使至少一个第一用户设备根据第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置进行速 率匹配或干扰测量。 Further, the sending module 11 is further configured to: send the second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one first The user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement according to the location at which the second user equipment sends the demodulation reference signal.
更进一歩地, 第二指示信息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 Further, the second indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
更进一歩地,发送模块 11还用于: 向基站发送第三指示信令, 第三指示 信令用于指示第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使基站预留第二用 户设备发送解调参考信号的位置。 Further, the sending module 11 is further configured to: send a third indication signaling to the base station, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment. The position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted.
更进一歩地, 确定模块 10还用于: 在第一设备对应的全带宽上确定发送 解调参考信号的物理资源块, 或者, 在第二用户设备的专用带宽上确定发送 解调参考信号的物理资源块。 Further, the determining module 10 is further configured to: determine, by using a full bandwidth corresponding to the first device, a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal, or determine, on a dedicated bandwidth of the second user equipment, to send the demodulation reference signal. Physical resource block.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第一设备确定在物理资源块 中发送解调参考信号的位置, 该发送解调参考信号的位置包括第一设备已经 使用的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 并向第
二 UE发送配置信息用以指示解调参考信号在上述物理资源块中的位置, 从 而使得第二 UE可以根据接收的解调参考信号进行数据解调。 由于第一设备 用上述发送解调参考信号的位置发送解调参考信号, 因此, 可以支持更多用 户的数据解调。 图 15为本实施例七提供的一种第一设备的结构示意图。 如图 15所示, 该第一设备包括: 确定模块 10、 发送模块 11和编码模块 20。 上述确定模块 10和发送模块 11与上述实施例六相同, 在此不再赘述。 In the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in the foregoing embodiment, the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes that the first device has been used, or is not used. , or the mapped location of the unused CSI-RS that has been used, and The second UE sends configuration information to indicate a position of the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing physical resource block, so that the second UE can perform data demodulation according to the received demodulation reference signal. Since the first device transmits the demodulation reference signal by using the position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted as described above, data demodulation of more users can be supported. FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 15, the first device includes: a determining module 10, a sending module 11, and an encoding module 20. The above-mentioned determination module 10 and the transmission module 11 are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment 6, and are not described herein again.
具体的, 编码模块 20用于对解调参考信号进行预编码, 解调参考信号具 体为用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 第二 DM-RS为按照预设的映射 方式映射在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Specifically, the encoding module 20 is configured to perform precoding on the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is mapped according to a preset mapping manner. The DM-RS at the position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted is transmitted in the physical resource block.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第一设备确定在物理资源块 中发送解调参考信号的位置, 该发送解调参考信号的位置包括第一设备已经 使用的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 并向第 二 UE发送配置信息用以指示解调参考信号在上述物理资源块中的位置, 从 而使得第二 UE可以根据接收的解调参考信号进行数据解调。 由于第一设备 用上述发送解调参考信号的位置发送解调参考信号, 因此, 可以支持更多用 户的数据解调。 图 16为本实施例八提供的一种第二设备的结构示意图。 如图 16所示, 该第二设备包括: 接收模块 30和确定模块 31。 In the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in the foregoing embodiment, the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes that the first device has been used, or is not used. Or mapping location of the unused CSI-RS that has been used, and transmitting configuration information to the second UE to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing physical resource block, so that the second UE can be based on the received solution The reference signal is adjusted for data demodulation. Since the first device transmits the demodulation reference signal by using the position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted as described above, it is possible to support data demodulation of more users. FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16, the second device includes: a receiving module 30 and a determining module 31.
具体的,接收模块 30用于接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 配置信息用于 指示解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; 确定模块 31 用于根据接收模块 30接收的配置信息确定解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; 接收模块 30 还用于在确定模块 31 确定的解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置上接收第 一设备发送的解调参考信号,确定模块 31确定的解调参考信号在物理资源块 中的位置包括第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 解调 参考信号用于解调第二用户设备的数据。 Specifically, the receiving module 30 is configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, and the determining module 31 is configured to determine demodulation according to the configuration information received by the receiving module 30. The receiving module 30 is further configured to receive, at a position in the physical resource block, the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device, where the determining module 31 determines the demodulation reference signal, and the determining module 31 determines The location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block includes the mapped position of the CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is unused, and the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate the data of the second user equipment.
进一歩地, 配置信息为非零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 Further, the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
更进一歩地, CSI-RS的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定
义的物理资源块中用于放置 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 Further, the mapping position of the CSI-RS is determined by the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10. A set of locations of all resource elements RE for placing CSI-RSs in a physical resource block.
更进一歩地, 接收模块 30还用于: 接收第一设备发送的预编码指示; 根 据预编码指示, 获取第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息; 其中, 解调参 考信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或用于执行用户数据解调的第 一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS,第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射在 物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Further, the receiving module 30 is further configured to: receive a precoding indication sent by the first device, and acquire precoding information of the user data of the second user equipment according to the precoding indication; where the demodulation reference signal is included for performing a CSI-RS for channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, the first DM-RS is configured to transmit and demodulate in a physical resource block according to a CSI-RS mapping manner The DM-RS at the position of the reference signal.
更进一歩地, 接收模块 30还用于: 接收第一设备发送的第一指示信息, 第一指示信息用于指示第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测 量的位置; 根据第一指示信息指示的物理资源块中的位置, 进行速率匹配或 干扰测量。 Further, the receiving module 30 is further configured to: receive the first indication information sent by the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block; Rate indicating or interference measurement is performed on a location in the physical resource block indicated by the indication information.
更进一歩地, 第一指示信息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 Further, the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第二 UE根据配置信息在物 理资源块中配置信息指示的位置上接收解调参考信号, 从而根据上述解调参 考信号进行数据解调。 由于第二 UE的解调参考信号是在第一设备已经使用 的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置上, 因此, 可 以实现更多用户的数据解调。 图 17为本实施例九提供的一种第二设备的结构示意图。 如图 17所示, 该第二设备包括: 接收模块 30、 确定模块 31和解调模块 41。 上述接收模块 30和确定模块 31与上述实施例八相同, 在此不再赘述。 In the transmission method of the demodulation reference signal of the above embodiment, the second UE receives the demodulation reference signal at the position indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block according to the configuration information, thereby performing data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal. Since the demodulation reference signal of the second UE is used at the mapping position of the unused CSI-RS that has been used by the first device, or is not used, the data demodulation of more users can be implemented. . FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the second device includes: a receiving module 30, a determining module 31, and a demodulating module 41. The receiving module 30 and the determining module 31 are the same as those in the foregoing embodiment 8, and are not described herein again.
具体的,解调模块 41用于根据解调参考信号和预编码信息进行用户数据 解调; 其中,解调参考信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS或用于执行 用户数据解调的第一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS ,第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS 的映射方式映射在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Specifically, the demodulation module 41 is configured to perform user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information, where the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a user data demodulation for performing user data demodulation. The first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS, the first DM-RS is a DM-RS that is mapped at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第二 UE根据配置信息在物 理资源块中配置信息指示的位置上接收解调参考信号, 从而根据上述解调参 考信号进行数据解调。 由于第二 UE的解调参考信号是在第一设备已经使用 的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置上, 因此, 可 以实现更多用户的数据解调。
图 18为本实施例十提供的一种第一设备的结构示意图。 如图 18所示, 该第一设备包括: 处理器 50和发送器 51。 In the transmission method of the demodulation reference signal in the above embodiment, the second UE receives the demodulation reference signal at the position indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block according to the configuration information, thereby performing data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal. Since the demodulation reference signal of the second UE is used at the mapping position of the unused CSI-RS that has been used by the first device, or is not used, the data demodulation of more users can be implemented. . FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 18, the first device includes: a processor 50 and a transmitter 51.
具体的, 处理器 50用于确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 发送解调参考信号的位置包括第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状态 信息参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位置,解调参考信号用于解调第二用户设备的数 据;发送器 51用于向第二用户设备发送配置信息, 配置信息用于指示解调参 考信号在物理资源块中的位置;发送器 51还用于在物理资源块中发送解调参 考信号的位置发送解调参考信号。 Specifically, the processor 50 is configured to determine a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used. a mapping location, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment; the transmitter 51 is configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block; The transmitter 51 is further configured to transmit a demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
进一歩地, 配置信息为非零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 Further, the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
更进一歩地, CSI-RS的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定 义的物理资源块中用于放置 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 Further, the mapping position of the CSI-RS is a set of locations of all resource elements RE for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10.
更进一歩地,处理器 50具体用于: 根据第二用户设备的信道状态信息, 确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置。 Further, the processor 50 is specifically configured to: determine, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, a location for transmitting the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block.
更进一歩地, 发送器 51还用于: 向第二用户设备发送预编码指示, 预编 码指示用于指示第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使第二用户设备 根据解调参考信号和预编码信息进行用户数据解调, 解调参考信号包括用于 执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或者用于执行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参 考信号 DM-RS,第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射在物理资源块中 发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Further, the transmitter 51 is further configured to: send a precoding indication to the second user equipment, where the precoding indicates the precoding information used to indicate the user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment according to the demodulation reference The signal and the precoding information are subjected to user data demodulation, and the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, the first DM The -RS maps the DM-RS at the position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block in accordance with the mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
更进一歩地, 预编码指示是第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源 控制 RRC信令发送的。 Further, the precoding indication is sent by the first device by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
更进一歩地, 处理器 50还用于: 对解调参考信号进行预编码, 解调参考 信号具体为用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 第二 DM-RS为按照预设 的映射方式映射在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Further, the processor 50 is further configured to: precode the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is preset according to the preset The mapping mode maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
更进一歩地,发送器 51还用于: 向第二用户设备发送第一指示信息, 第 一指示信息用于指示第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量 的位置。 Further, the transmitter 51 is further configured to: send the first indication information to the second user equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block.
更进一歩地, 第一指示信息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 Further, the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
更进一歩地,若物理资源块中包括向至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS 的位置, 则第一指示信息指示的位置包括向至少一个第一用户设备发送
DM-RS的位置。 Further, if the physical resource block includes a location for transmitting the DM-RS to the at least one first user equipment, the location indicated by the first indication information includes sending to the at least one first user equipment The location of the DM-RS.
更进一歩地, 若解调参考信号用于解调两个以上第二用户设备的数据, 则第一指示信息指示的位置包括在物理资源块上发送给两个以上第二用户设 备中除第二用户设备之外其他第二用户设备的解调参考信号的位置。 Further, if the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of two or more second user equipments, the location indicated by the first indication information is sent to the two or more second user equipments on the physical resource block. The location of the demodulation reference signal of the second user equipment other than the two user equipments.
更进一歩地,发送器 51还用于: 向至少一个第一用户设备发送第二指示 信息, 第二指示信息用于指示第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使 至少一个第一用户设备根据第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置进行速率 匹配或干扰测量。 Further, the transmitter 51 is further configured to: send the second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one first The user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement according to the location at which the second user equipment sends the demodulation reference signal.
更进一歩地, 第二指示信息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 Further, the second indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
更进一歩地,发送器 51还用于: 向基站发送第三指示信令, 第三指示信 令用于指示第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使基站预留第二用户 设备发送解调参考信号的位置。 Further, the transmitter 51 is further configured to: send a third indication signaling to the base station, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate, by the second user equipment, a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment. The position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted.
更进一歩地, 处理器 50还用于: 在第一设备对应的全带宽上确定发送解 调参考信号的物理资源块, 或者, 在第二用户设备的专用带宽上确定发送解 调参考信号的物理资源块。 Further, the processor 50 is further configured to: determine, by using a full bandwidth corresponding to the first device, a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal, or determine, on a dedicated bandwidth of the second user equipment, to send the demodulation reference signal. Physical resource block.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第一设备确定在物理资源块 中发送解调参考信号的位置, 该发送解调参考信号的位置包括第一设备已经 使用的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置, 并向第 二 UE发送配置信息用以指示解调参考信号在上述物理资源块中的位置, 从 而使得第二 UE可以根据接收的解调参考信号进行数据解调。 由于第一设备 用上述发送解调参考信号的位置发送解调参考信号, 因此, 可以支持更多用 户的数据解调。 图 19为本实施例十一提供的一种第二设备的结构示意图。如图 19所示, 该第二设备包括: 接收器 60和处理器 61。 In the method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in the foregoing embodiment, the first device determines a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the demodulation reference signal includes that the first device has been used, or is not used. Or mapping location of the unused CSI-RS that has been used, and transmitting configuration information to the second UE to indicate the location of the demodulation reference signal in the foregoing physical resource block, so that the second UE can be based on the received solution The reference signal is adjusted for data demodulation. Since the first device transmits the demodulation reference signal by using the position at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted as described above, it is possible to support data demodulation of more users. FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device according to Embodiment 11 of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 19, the second device includes: a receiver 60 and a processor 61.
具体的,接收器 60用于接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 配置信息用于指 示解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; 进一歩地, 处理器 61用于根据接收 器 60接收的配置信息确定解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; 接收器 60 还用于在处理器 61 确定的解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置上接收第一 设备发送的解调参考信号,处理器 61确定的解调参考信号在物理资源块中的
位置包括第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 解调参考 信号用于解调第二用户设备的数据。 Specifically, the receiver 60 is configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block; and further, the processor 61 is configured to receive according to the configuration received by the receiver 60. The information is used to determine the position of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block; the receiver 60 is further configured to receive the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a position of the demodulation reference signal determined by the processor 61 in the physical resource block, and process The demodulation reference signal determined by the unit 61 is in the physical resource block The location includes a mapped location of the CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is unused, and the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment.
更进一歩地, 配置信息为非零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 Further, the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
更进一歩地, CSI-RS的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定 义的物理资源块中用于放置 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 Further, the mapping position of the CSI-RS is a set of locations of all resource elements RE for placing CSI-RS in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution LTE system version Rel-10.
更进一歩地, 接收器 60还用于: 接收第一设备发送的预编码指示; 根据 预编码指示, 获取第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息;处理器 61还用于 根据解调参考信号和预编码信息进行用户数据解调; 其中, 解调参考信号包 括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或用于执行用户数据解调的第一下行解 调参考信号 DM-RS,第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射在物理资源 块中发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Further, the receiver 60 is further configured to: receive a precoding indication sent by the first device; acquire precoding information of user data of the second user equipment according to the precoding indication; and the processor 61 is further configured to use the demodulation reference according to the demodulation reference. Demodulating the user data by the signal and the precoding information; wherein the demodulation reference signal comprises a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, A DM-RS maps a DM-RS at a position where a demodulation reference signal is transmitted in a physical resource block according to a mapping manner of a CSI-RS.
更进一歩地, 预编码指示是第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源 控制 RRC信令发送的。 Further, the precoding indication is sent by the first device by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
更进一歩地, 解调参考信号为经过预编码之后的用于执行用户数据解调 的第二 DM-RS , 第二 DM-RS为按照预设的映射方式映射在物理资源块中发 送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Further, the demodulation reference signal is a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation after precoding, and the second DM-RS is configured to perform demodulation in a physical resource block according to a preset mapping manner. The DM-RS at the position of the reference signal.
更进一歩地, 接收器 60还用于: 接收第一设备发送的第一指示信息, 第 一指示信息用于指示第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量 的位置; 根据第一指示信息指示的物理资源块中的位置, 进行速率匹配或干 扰测量。 Further, the receiver 60 is further configured to: receive the first indication information sent by the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in the physical resource block; Rate indicating or interference measurement is performed on a location in the physical resource block indicated by the indication information.
更进一歩地, 第一指示信息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 Further, the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
上述实施例的解调参考信号的传输方法, 由第二 UE根据配置信息在物 理资源块中配置信息指示的位置上接收解调参考信号, 从而根据上述解调参 考信号进行数据解调。 由于第二 UE的解调参考信号是在第一设备已经使用 的, 或未使用的, 或已经使用的加未使用的 CSI-RS的映射位置上, 因此, 可 以实现更多用户的数据解调。 In the transmission method of the demodulation reference signal of the above embodiment, the second UE receives the demodulation reference signal at the position indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block according to the configuration information, thereby performing data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal. Since the demodulation reference signal of the second UE is used at the mapping position of the unused CSI-RS that has been used by the first device, or is not used, the data demodulation of more users can be implemented. .
本领域普通技术人员可以理解: 实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分歩 骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。 前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可 读取存储介质中。 该程序在执行时, 执行包括上述各方法实施例的歩骤; 而 前述的存储介质包括: ROM、 RAM, 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码
的介质。 It will be understood by those skilled in the art that all or part of the steps of implementing the above method embodiments may be performed by hardware related to the program instructions. The aforementioned program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The program, when executed, performs the steps including the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: ROM, RAM, disk or optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. Medium.
最后应说明的是: 以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对 其限制; 尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通 技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并 不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。
Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting thereof; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand that The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some or all of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. range.
Claims
1、 一种解调参考信号的传输方法, 其特征在于, 包括: A method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal, comprising:
第一设备确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 所述发送解调 参考信号的位置包括所述第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状态信息 参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位置,所述解调参考信号用于解调所述第二用户设备 的数据; Determining, by the first device, a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, where the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS that has been used by the first device and/or is not used Mapping a location, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment;
所述第一设备向所述第二用户设备发送配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指 示所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; The first device sends configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述第一设备在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所 述解调参考信号。 The first device transmits the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
2、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述配置信息为非零功 率的 CSI-RS信令。 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 CSI-RS的映射 位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定义的所述物理资源块中用于放置 所述 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the mapping position of the CSI-RS is used to place the CSI in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system version Rel-10. A collection of locations of all resource element REs of the RS.
4、 根据权利要求 1-3任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一设备确 定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 具体包括: The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the determining, by the first device, the location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, specifically includes:
所述第一设备根据所述第二用户设备的信道状态信息, 确定在所述物理 资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置。 And determining, by the first device, a location for transmitting a demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to channel state information of the second user equipment.
5、 根据权利要求 1-4任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一设备在 所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号之 m , 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first device sends the demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block. , Also includes:
所述第一设备向所述第二用户设备发送预编码指示, 所述预编码指示用 于指示所述第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使所述第二用户设备 根据所述解调参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数据解调, 所述解调参考 信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或者用于执行用户数据解调的第 一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS,所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映 射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 The first device sends a precoding indication to the second user equipment, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment is configured according to the Demodulating a reference signal and the precoding information for user data demodulation, the demodulation reference signal comprising a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal for performing user data demodulation a DM-RS, wherein the first DM-RS maps a DM-RS at a position where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of a CSI-RS.
6、 根据权利要求 5 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述预编码指示是所述 第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源控制 RRC信令发送的。
The method according to claim 5, wherein the precoding indication is that the first device sends by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
7、 根据权利要求 1-4任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一设备在 所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号之 m , 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first device sends the demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block. , Also includes:
所述第一设备对所述解调参考信号进行预编码, 所述解调参考信号具体 为用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS为按照预设的映 射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 The first device performs precoding on the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is according to a preset The mapping mode maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
8、 根据权利要求 1-7任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一设备 在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号之 前, 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein before the first device sends the demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, , Also includes:
所述第一设备向所述第二用户设备发送第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信 息用于指示所述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位 置。 The first device sends first indication information to the second user equipment, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block.
9、 根据权利要求 8 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一指示信息通过 零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 The method according to claim 8, wherein the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
10、 根据权利要求 8或 9所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述物理资源块 中包括向至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置,则所述第一指示信息指 示的位置包括所述向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置。 The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein, if the physical resource block includes a location for transmitting the DM-RS to the at least one first user equipment, the location indicated by the first indication information includes Sending, to the at least one first user equipment, a location of the DM-RS.
11、 根据权利要求 8-10任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述解调参 考信号用于解调两个以上第二用户设备的数据, 则所述第一指示信息指示的 位置包括在所述物理资源块上发送给所述两个以上第二用户设备中除所述第 二用户设备之外其他第二用户设备的解调参考信号的位置。 The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein, if the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of two or more second user equipments, the first indication information indicates The location includes a location of the demodulation reference signal transmitted to the second user equipment of the two or more second user equipments other than the second user equipment on the physical resource block.
12、 根据权利要求 1-11任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一设 备在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号 之前, 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein before the first device sends the demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block , Also includes:
所述第一设备向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送第二指示信息, 所述第 二指示信息用于指示所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述 至少一个第一用户设备根据所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置进行 速率匹配或干扰测量。 The first device sends second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one A user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement according to a location at which the second user equipment sends a demodulation reference signal.
13、 根据权利要求 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二指示信息通过
零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 The method according to claim 12, wherein the second indication information is passed Zero-power CSI-RS signaling bearer.
14、 根据权利要求 1-13任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一设 备在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号 之后, 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein after the first device transmits the demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, , Also includes:
所述第一设备向基站发送第三指示信令, 所述第三指示信令用于指示所 述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述基站预留所述第二用户 设备的解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置。 The first device sends a third indication signaling to the base station, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user. The location of the demodulation reference signal of the device in the physical resource block.
15、 根据权利要求 1-14任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一设备 在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发送所述解调参考信号之 前, 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the first device sends the demodulation reference signal at a position where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block, Also includes:
所述第一设备在所述第一设备对应的全带宽上确定发送所述解调参考信 号的物理资源块, 或者, 在所述第二用户设备的专用带宽上确定发送所述解 调参考信号的物理资源块。 Determining, by the first device, a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal on a full bandwidth corresponding to the first device, or determining to send the demodulation reference signal on a dedicated bandwidth of the second user equipment Physical resource block.
16、 一种解调参考信号的传输方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 16. A method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal, comprising:
第二用户设备接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指示所 述解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; Receiving, by the second user equipment, configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block;
所述第二用户设备在所述物理资源块中所述配置信息指示的位置上接收 所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号, 所述配置信息指示的位置包括所述 第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 所述解调参考信号 用于解调所述第二用户设备的数据。 The second user equipment receives the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block, where the location indicated by the configuration information includes that the first device has been A mapping location of the used and/or unused CSI-RS, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate data of the second user equipment.
17、 根据权利要求 16所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述配置信息为非零 功率的 CSI-RS信令。 17. The method according to claim 16, wherein the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
18、 根据权利要求 16或 17所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 CSI-RS的映 射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定义的所述物理资源块中用于放 置所述 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the mapping position of the CSI-RS is used to place the CSI in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system version Rel-10. A collection of locations of all resource element REs of the RS.
19、 根据权利要求 16-18任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二用 户设备在所述物理资源块中所述配置信息指示的位置上接收所述第一设备发 送的所述解调参考信号之前, 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein the second user equipment receives the location sent by the first device at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block. Before demodulating the reference signal, it also includes:
所述第二用户设备接收所述第一设备发送的预编码指示; Receiving, by the second user equipment, a precoding indication sent by the first device;
所述第二用户设备根据所述预编码指示, 获取所述第二用户设备的用户
数据的预编码信息; Obtaining, by the second user equipment, the user of the second user equipment according to the precoding indication Precoding information of the data;
所述第二用户设备在所述物理资源块中所述配置信息指示的位置上接收 所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号之后, 还包括: After the second user equipment receives the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device in the location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block, the method further includes:
所述第二用户设备根据所述解调参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数 据解调; The second user equipment performs user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information;
其中,所述解调参考信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS或用于执 行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS , 所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS 的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置 上的 DM-RS。 The demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the first DM-RS is according to CSI. The mapping manner of the -RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
20、 根据权利要求 19所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述预编码指示是所 述第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源控制 RRC信令发送的。 The method according to claim 19, wherein the precoding indication is that the first device is sent by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
21、 根据权利要求 16-18任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述解调参 考信号为经过预编码之后的用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS ,所述第二 DM-RS 为按照预设的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考 信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein the demodulation reference signal is a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation after precoding, the second The DM-RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block according to a preset mapping manner.
22、 根据权利要求 16-21任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二用 户设备在所述物理资源块中所述配置信息指示的位置上接收所述第一设备发 送的所述解调参考信号之前, 还包括: The method according to any one of claims 16 to 21, wherein the second user equipment receives the location sent by the first device at a location indicated by the configuration information in the physical resource block. Before demodulating the reference signal, it also includes:
所述第二用户设备接收所述第一设备发送的第一指示信息, 所述第一指 示信息用于指示所述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量 的位置; Receiving, by the second user equipment, first indication information that is sent by the first device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block;
所述第二用户设备根据所述第一指示信息指示的所述物理资源块中的位 置, 进行速率匹配或干扰测量。 And the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement according to a location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
23、 根据权利要求 22所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一指示信息通 过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 The method according to claim 22, wherein the first indication information is carried by CSI-RS signaling of zero power.
24、 一种第一设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 24. A first device, comprising:
确定模块, 用于确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 所述发 送解调参考信号的位置包括所述第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状 态信息参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位置,所述解调参考信号用于解调所述第二用 户设备的数据;
发送模块, 用于向所述第二用户设备发送配置信息, 所述配置信息用于 指示所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; a determining module, configured to determine a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI that has been used by the first device and/or is not used a mapping position of the RS, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment; a sending module, configured to send, to the second user equipment, configuration information, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述发送模块还用于在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置 发送所述解调参考信号。 The sending module is further configured to send the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is sent in the physical resource block.
25、 根据权利要求 24所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置信息为 非零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 The first device according to claim 24, wherein the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
26、 根据权利要求 24或 25所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述 CSI-RS 的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定义的所述物理资源块中用 于放置所述 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 The first device according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the mapping position of the CSI-RS is used in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system version Rel-10 for placing the A collection of locations of all resource elements RE of the CSI-RS.
27、 根据权利要求 24-26任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述确 定模块具体用于: The first device according to any one of claims 24-26, wherein the determining module is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二用户设备的信道状态信息, 确定在所述物理资源块中发送 解调参考信号的位置。 And determining, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, a location at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
28、 根据权利要求 24-27任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述发 送模块还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 24-27, wherein the sending module is further configured to:
向所述第二用户设备发送预编码指示, 所述预编码指示用于指示所述第 二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使所述第二用户设备根据所述解调 参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数据解调, 所述解调参考信号包括用于 执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或者用于执行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参 考信号 DM-RS,所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射在所述物理 资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Sending, to the second user equipment, a precoding indication, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment is configured according to the demodulation reference signal and The precoding information is subjected to user data demodulation, and the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation. The first DM-RS maps the DM-RS at the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
29、 根据权利要求 28 所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述预编码指示 是所述第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源控制 RRC信令发送的。 The first device according to claim 28, wherein the precoding indication is that the first device is sent by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
30、 根据权利要求 24-27任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述第 一设备还包括: The first device according to any one of claims 24-27, wherein the first device further comprises:
编码模块, 用于对所述解调参考信号进行预编码, 所述解调参考信号具 体为用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS为按照预设的 映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 An encoding module, configured to perform precoding on the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is according to a preset The mapping mode maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
31、 根据权利要求 24-30任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述发
送模块还用于: 31. The first device according to any one of claims 24-30, wherein The delivery module is also used to:
向所述第二用户设备发送第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位置。 Sending, to the second user equipment, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block.
32、 根据权利要求 31 所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一指示信 息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 The first device according to claim 31, wherein the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
33、 根据权利要求 31或 32所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 若所述物理 资源块中包括向至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置,则所述第一指示 信息指示的位置包括所述向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置。 The first device according to claim 31 or 32, wherein, if the physical resource block includes a location for transmitting the DM-RS to the at least one first user equipment, the first indication information indicates The location includes the location at which the DM-RS is transmitted to the at least one first user equipment.
34、 根据权利要求 31-33任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 若所述 解调参考信号用于解调两个以上第二用户设备的数据, 则所述第一指示信息 指示的位置包括在所述物理资源块上发送给所述两个以上第二用户设备中除 所述第二用户设备之外其他第二用户设备的解调参考信号的位置。 The first device according to any one of claims 31 to 33, wherein, if the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of two or more second user equipments, the first indication information The indicated location includes a location of the demodulation reference signal transmitted to the second user equipment of the two or more second user equipments other than the second user equipment on the physical resource block.
35、 根据权利要求 24-34任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述发 送模块还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 24-34, wherein the sending module is further configured to:
向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送第二指示信息, 所述第二指示信息用 于指示所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述至少一个第一 用户设备根据所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置进行速率匹配或干 Sending the second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one first user equipment The second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal for rate matching or
、 ,
36、 根据权利要求 35所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二指示信息 通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 The first device according to claim 35, wherein the second indication information is carried by CSI-RS signaling with zero power.
37、 根据权利要求 27-36任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述发 送模块还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 27 to 36, wherein the sending module is further configured to:
向基站发送第三指示信令, 所述第三指示信令用于指示所述第二用户设 备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述基站预留所述第二用户设备发送解调 参考信号的位置。 And sending, by the base station, third indication signaling, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment to send a demodulation reference. The location of the signal.
38、 根据权利要求 24-37任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述确 定模块还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 24-37, wherein the determining module is further configured to:
在所述第一设备对应的全带宽上确定发送所述解调参考信号的物理资源 块, 或者, 在所述第二用户设备的专用带宽上确定发送所述解调参考信号的 物理资源块。
Determining a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal on a full bandwidth corresponding to the first device, or determining a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal on a dedicated bandwidth of the second user equipment.
39、 一种第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 39. A second user equipment, comprising:
接收模块, 用于接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指示 所述解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; a receiving module, configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block;
确定模块, 用于根据所述接收模块接收的所述配置信息确定所述解调参 考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; a determining module, configured to determine, according to the configuration information received by the receiving module, a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述接收模块还用于在所述确定模块确定的所述解调参考信号在所述物 理资源块中的位置上接收所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号, 所述确定 模块确定的所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置包括所述第一设备 已经使用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 所述解调参考信号用于解调 所述第二用户设备的数据。 The receiving module is further configured to receive the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device by using the demodulation reference signal determined by the determining module in a location in the physical resource block, where the determining module determines The location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block includes a mapping location of a CSI-RS that has been used and/or unused by the first device, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate the The data of the second user equipment.
40、 根据权利要求 39所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置信 息为非零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 40. The second user equipment according to claim 39, wherein the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
41、 根据权利要求 39 或 40所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述 CSI-RS的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定义的所述物理资源 块中用于放置所述 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 The second user equipment according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the mapping location of the CSI-RS is used in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system version Rel-10. A set of locations of all resource elements RE of the CSI-RS.
42、 根据权利要求 39-41任一项所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所 述接收模块还用于: The second user equipment according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein the receiving module is further configured to:
接收所述第一设备发送的预编码指示; Receiving a precoding indication sent by the first device;
根据所述预编码指示, 获取所述第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信 息; Obtaining, according to the precoding indication, precoding information of user data of the second user equipment;
所述第二用户设备还包括: The second user equipment further includes:
解调模块, 用于根据所述解调参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数据 解调; a demodulation module, configured to perform user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information;
其中,所述解调参考信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS或用于执 行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS , 所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS 的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置 上的 DM-RS。 The demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the first DM-RS is according to CSI. The mapping manner of the -RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
43、 根据权利要求 42所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述预编码 指示是所述第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源控制 RRC信令发送 的。
The second user equipment according to claim 42, wherein the precoding indication is that the first device is sent by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
44、 根据权利要求 39-41任一项所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所 述解调参考信号为经过预编码之后的用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS 为按照预设的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送 解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 The second user equipment according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein the demodulation reference signal is a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation after precoding. The second DM-RS is configured to map the DM-RS at the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to a preset mapping manner.
45、 根据权利要求 39-44任一项所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所 述接收模块还用于: The second user equipment according to any one of claims 39 to 44, wherein the receiving module is further configured to:
接收所述第一设备发送的第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位置; And receiving, by the first device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block;
根据所述第一指示信息指示的所述物理资源块中的位置, 进行速率匹配 或干扰测量。 Rate matching or interference measurement is performed according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
46、 根据权利要求 45 所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一指 示信息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 The second user equipment according to claim 45, wherein the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
47、 一种第一设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 47. A first device, comprising:
处理器, 用于确定在物理资源块中发送解调参考信号的位置, 所述发送 解调参考信号的位置包括所述第一设备已经使用的和 /或未使用的信道状态 信息参考信号 CSI-RS的映射位置,所述解调参考信号用于解调所述第二用户 设备的数据; a processor, configured to determine a location of transmitting a demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block, where the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal includes a channel state information reference signal CSI that has been used by the first device and/or is not used a mapping position of the RS, the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of the second user equipment;
发送器, 用于向所述第二用户设备发送配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指 示所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置; a transmitter, configured to send configuration information to the second user equipment, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述发送器还用于在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置发 送所述解调参考信号。 The transmitter is further configured to transmit the demodulation reference signal at a location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
48、 根据权利要求 47 所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置信息为 非零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 The first device according to claim 47, wherein the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
49、 根据权利要求 47或 48所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述 CSI-RS 的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定义的所述物理资源块中用 于放置所述 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 The first device according to claim 47 or 48, wherein the mapping position of the CSI-RS is used in the physical resource block defined in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system version Rel-10 for placing the A collection of locations of all resource elements RE of the CSI-RS.
50、 根据权利要求 47-49任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述处 理器具体用于: The first device according to any one of claims 47 to 49, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二用户设备的信道状态信息, 确定在所述物理资源块中发送 解调参考信号的位置。
Determining, according to channel state information of the second user equipment, a location at which the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
51、 根据权利要求 47-50任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述发 送器还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 47-50, wherein the transmitter is further configured to:
向所述第二用户设备发送预编码指示, 所述预编码指示用于指示所述第 二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信息, 以使所述第二用户设备根据所述解调 参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数据解调, 所述解调参考信号包括用于 执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS 或者用于执行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参 考信号 DM-RS,所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS的映射方式映射在所述物理 资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Sending, to the second user equipment, a precoding indication, where the precoding indicates precoding information for indicating user data of the second user equipment, so that the second user equipment is configured according to the demodulation reference signal and The precoding information is subjected to user data demodulation, and the demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation. The first DM-RS maps the DM-RS at the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to a mapping manner of the CSI-RS.
52、 根据权利要求 51 所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述预编码指示 是所述第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源控制 RRC信令发送的。 The first device according to claim 51, wherein the precoding indication is that the first device is sent by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
53、 根据权利要求 47-50任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述处 理器还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 47-50, wherein the processor is further configured to:
对所述解调参考信号进行预编码, 所述解调参考信号具体为用于执行用 户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS为按照预设的映射方式映射在 所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 Pre-coding the demodulation reference signal, where the demodulation reference signal is specifically a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the second DM-RS is mapped according to a preset mapping manner. The DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
54、 根据权利要求 47-53任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述发 送器还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 47-53, wherein the transmitter is further configured to:
向所述第二用户设备发送第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位置。 Sending, to the second user equipment, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block.
55、 根据权利要求 54所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一指示信 息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 The first device according to claim 54, wherein the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
56、 根据权利要求 54或 55所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 若所述物理 资源块中包括向至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置,则所述第一指示 信息指示的位置包括所述向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送 DM-RS的位置。 The first device according to claim 54 or 55, wherein, if the physical resource block includes a location for transmitting the DM-RS to the at least one first user equipment, the first indication information indicates The location includes the location at which the DM-RS is transmitted to the at least one first user equipment.
57、 根据权利要求 54-56任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 若所述 解调参考信号用于解调两个以上第二用户设备的数据, 则所述第一指示信息 指示的位置包括在所述物理资源块上发送给所述两个以上第二用户设备中除 所述第二用户设备之外其他第二用户设备的解调参考信号的位置。 The first device according to any one of claims 54-56, wherein, if the demodulation reference signal is used to demodulate data of two or more second user equipments, the first indication information The indicated location includes a location of the demodulation reference signal transmitted to the second user equipment of the two or more second user equipments other than the second user equipment on the physical resource block.
58、 根据权利要求 47-57任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述发 送器还用于:
向所述至少一个第一用户设备发送第二指示信息, 所述第二指示信息用 于指示所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述至少一个第一 用户设备根据所述第二用户设备发送解调参考信号的位置进行速率匹配或干The first device according to any one of claims 47-57, wherein the transmitter is further configured to: Sending the second indication information to the at least one first user equipment, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the at least one first user equipment The second user equipment sends the location of the demodulation reference signal for rate matching or
59、 根据权利要求 58所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述第二指示信息 通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。 The first device according to claim 58, wherein the second indication information is carried by CSI-RS signaling with zero power.
60、 根据权利要求 50-59任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述发 送器还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 50 to 59, wherein the transmitter is further configured to:
向基站发送第三指示信令, 所述第三指示信令用于指示所述第二用户设 备发送解调参考信号的位置, 以使所述基站预留所述第二用户设备发送解调 参考信号的位置。 And sending, by the base station, third indication signaling, where the third indication signaling is used to indicate that the second user equipment sends a location of the demodulation reference signal, so that the base station reserves the second user equipment to send a demodulation reference. The location of the signal.
61、 根据权利要求 47-60任一项所述的第一设备, 其特征在于, 所述处 理器还用于: The first device according to any one of claims 47-60, wherein the processor is further configured to:
在所述第一设备对应的全带宽上确定发送所述解调参考信号的物理资源 块, 或者, 在所述第二用户设备的专用带宽上确定发送所述解调参考信号的 物理资源块。 Determining, by the first device, a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal, or determining, on a dedicated bandwidth of the second user equipment, a physical resource block that sends the demodulation reference signal.
62、 一种第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 62. A second user equipment, comprising:
接收器, 用于接收第一设备发送的配置信息, 所述配置信息用于指示所 述解调参考信号在物理资源块中的位置; a receiver, configured to receive configuration information sent by the first device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a location of the demodulation reference signal in a physical resource block;
处理器, 用于根据所述接收器接收的所述配置信息确定所述解调参考信 号在所述物理资源块中的位置; a processor, configured to determine, according to the configuration information received by the receiver, a location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block;
所述接收器还用于在所述处理器确定的所述解调参考信号在所述物理资 源块中的位置上接收所述第一设备发送的所述解调参考信号, 所述处理器确 定的所述解调参考信号在所述物理资源块中的位置包括所述第一设备已经使 用的和 /或未使用的 CSI-RS 的映射位置, 所述解调参考信号用于解调所述第 二用户设备的数据。 The receiver is further configured to receive, by the processor, the demodulation reference signal sent by the first device at a position of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block, where the processor determines The location of the demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block includes a mapping location of a CSI-RS that has been used and/or unused by the first device, the demodulation reference signal being used to demodulate the The data of the second user equipment.
63、 根据权利要求 62所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述配置信 息为非零功率的 CSI-RS信令。 63. The second user equipment according to claim 62, wherein the configuration information is non-zero power CSI-RS signaling.
64、 根据权利要求 62 或 63 所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述 CSI-RS的映射位置为长期演进 LTE系统版本 Rel-10中定义的所述物理资源
块中用于放置所述 CSI-RS的所有资源元 RE的位置集合。 The second user equipment according to claim 62 or 63, wherein the mapping location of the CSI-RS is the physical resource defined in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system version Rel-10 A set of locations in the block for placing all resource elements RE of the CSI-RS.
65、 根据权利要求 62-64任一项所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所 述接收器还用于: The second user equipment according to any one of claims 62-64, wherein the receiver is further configured to:
接收所述第一设备发送的预编码指示; Receiving a precoding indication sent by the first device;
根据所述预编码指示, 获取所述第二用户设备的用户数据的预编码信 息; Obtaining, according to the precoding indication, precoding information of user data of the second user equipment;
所述处理器还用于根据所述解调参考信号和所述预编码信息进行用户数 据解调; The processor is further configured to perform user data demodulation according to the demodulation reference signal and the precoding information;
其中,所述解调参考信号包括用于执行信道测量操作的 CSI-RS或用于执 行用户数据解调的第一下行解调参考信号 DM-RS , 所述第一 DM-RS为按照 CSI-RS 的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送解调参考信号的位置 上的 DM-RS。 The demodulation reference signal includes a CSI-RS for performing a channel measurement operation or a first downlink demodulation reference signal DM-RS for performing user data demodulation, and the first DM-RS is according to CSI. The mapping manner of the -RS maps the DM-RS at the location where the demodulation reference signal is transmitted in the physical resource block.
66、 根据权利要求 65 所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述预编码 指示是所述第一设备通过下行控制信息 DCI或无线资源控制 RRC信令发送 的。 66. The second user equipment according to claim 65, wherein the precoding indication is that the first device sends by using downlink control information DCI or radio resource control RRC signaling.
67、 根据权利要求 62-64任一项所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所 述解调参考信号为经过预编码之后的用于执行用户数据解调的第二 DM-RS , 所述第二 DM-RS 为按照预设的映射方式映射在所述物理资源块中所述发送 解调参考信号的位置上的 DM-RS。 The second user equipment according to any one of claims 62-64, wherein the demodulation reference signal is a second DM-RS for performing user data demodulation after precoding. The second DM-RS is configured to map the DM-RS at the location of the transmit demodulation reference signal in the physical resource block according to a preset mapping manner.
68、 根据权利要求 62-67任一项所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所 述接收器还用于: The second user equipment according to any one of claims 62 to 67, wherein the receiver is further configured to:
接收所述第一设备发送的第一指示信息, 所述第一指示信息用于指示所 述第二用户设备在物理资源块中进行速率匹配或干扰测量的位置; And receiving, by the first device, first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate a location where the second user equipment performs rate matching or interference measurement in a physical resource block;
根据所述第一指示信息指示的所述物理资源块中的位置, 进行速率匹配 或干扰测量。 Rate matching or interference measurement is performed according to the location in the physical resource block indicated by the first indication information.
69、 根据权利要求 68 所述的第二用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一指 示信息通过零功率的 CSI-RS信令承载。
The second user equipment according to claim 68, wherein the first indication information is carried by zero-power CSI-RS signaling.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2014/078030 WO2015176255A1 (en) | 2014-05-21 | 2014-05-21 | Method and device for transmitting demodulation reference signal |
CN201480078346.1A CN106233816B (en) | 2014-05-21 | 2014-05-21 | Transmission method and device for demodulation reference signal |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2014/078030 WO2015176255A1 (en) | 2014-05-21 | 2014-05-21 | Method and device for transmitting demodulation reference signal |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2015176255A1 true WO2015176255A1 (en) | 2015-11-26 |
Family
ID=54553210
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2014/078030 WO2015176255A1 (en) | 2014-05-21 | 2014-05-21 | Method and device for transmitting demodulation reference signal |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN106233816B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015176255A1 (en) |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN107889222A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for transmitting signals, terminal device, the network equipment and communication system |
WO2018177141A1 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for transmitting reference signal, terminal device and access network device |
CN108809560A (en) * | 2017-04-28 | 2018-11-13 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Preposition demodulated reference signal configuration method, network side equipment and terminal |
WO2020025147A1 (en) * | 2018-08-03 | 2020-02-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Reference signal management for sidelink radio transmission |
EP3955504A3 (en) * | 2016-07-20 | 2022-02-23 | ZTE Corporation | Control channel sending method and apparatus, and receiving method and apparatus |
Families Citing this family (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN108632193B (en) * | 2017-03-24 | 2023-05-09 | 华为技术有限公司 | Resource indication method, network equipment and terminal equipment |
CN110138525B (en) * | 2018-02-09 | 2022-07-08 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Configuration method, transmission method, terminal and network side equipment of demodulation reference signal |
CN111585733B (en) * | 2019-02-15 | 2022-12-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device for determining quantity of resource elements for data transmission |
CN112713974B (en) * | 2019-10-25 | 2023-06-16 | 成都华为技术有限公司 | Resource mapping method, equipment and storage medium |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110158191A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Uplink demodulation reference signal design for mimo transmission |
CN102291209A (en) * | 2010-06-20 | 2011-12-21 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | Method and device for controlling uplink transmission in management equipment enhancing long-term evolution |
CN102869096A (en) * | 2011-07-06 | 2013-01-09 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting demodulation reference signals in communication network |
CN103476120A (en) * | 2012-06-07 | 2013-12-25 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Sending method, sending device, processing method and processing device for physical uplink control channels |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102170624B (en) * | 2011-03-29 | 2014-07-16 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Demodulating reference signal configuration indication, transmission and control signaling detection method and equipment |
-
2014
- 2014-05-21 WO PCT/CN2014/078030 patent/WO2015176255A1/en active Application Filing
- 2014-05-21 CN CN201480078346.1A patent/CN106233816B/en active Active
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110158191A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Uplink demodulation reference signal design for mimo transmission |
CN102291209A (en) * | 2010-06-20 | 2011-12-21 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | Method and device for controlling uplink transmission in management equipment enhancing long-term evolution |
CN102869096A (en) * | 2011-07-06 | 2013-01-09 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | Method and device for transmitting demodulation reference signals in communication network |
CN103476120A (en) * | 2012-06-07 | 2013-12-25 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Sending method, sending device, processing method and processing device for physical uplink control channels |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3955504A3 (en) * | 2016-07-20 | 2022-02-23 | ZTE Corporation | Control channel sending method and apparatus, and receiving method and apparatus |
US11671221B2 (en) | 2016-07-20 | 2023-06-06 | Zte Corporation | Control channel sending method and apparatus, and receiving method and apparatus |
CN107889222A (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2018-04-06 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for transmitting signals, terminal device, the network equipment and communication system |
CN107889222B (en) * | 2016-09-29 | 2022-03-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal transmission method, terminal device, network device and communication system |
WO2018177141A1 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-04 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method for transmitting reference signal, terminal device and access network device |
CN108667580A (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-16 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of reference signal sending method, terminal device and access network equipment |
US11246125B2 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2022-02-08 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Reference signal sending method, terminal device, and access network device |
CN108809560A (en) * | 2017-04-28 | 2018-11-13 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Preposition demodulated reference signal configuration method, network side equipment and terminal |
WO2020025147A1 (en) * | 2018-08-03 | 2020-02-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Reference signal management for sidelink radio transmission |
US20210314962A1 (en) * | 2018-08-03 | 2021-10-07 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Reference signal management for sidelink radio transmission |
US11818568B2 (en) | 2018-08-03 | 2023-11-14 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Reference signal management for sidelink radio transmission |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN106233816B (en) | 2020-01-03 |
CN106233816A (en) | 2016-12-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US12010691B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving channels in mobile communication system supporting massive MIMO | |
US9077569B2 (en) | Reference signal for a control channel in wireless communication network | |
AU2010307526B2 (en) | Method and system of multi-layer beamforming | |
JP5876545B2 (en) | Method for signaling specific types of resource elements in a wireless communication system | |
WO2015176255A1 (en) | Method and device for transmitting demodulation reference signal | |
CA2855702C (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting control information in wireless communication systems | |
EP2654356B1 (en) | Method and device for determining channel quality indication information | |
CN105359607B (en) | Method for eliminating data transmission of adjacent cells and user equipment | |
CN102122985B (en) | MU-MIMO (Multi-User Multi-Input Multi-Output) transmission method | |
EP2214341A2 (en) | Allocation and signalling of downlink reference signal patterns | |
US20130102342A1 (en) | Method for configuring a transmission mode in a wireless network | |
US9936483B2 (en) | Control information processing method and device | |
WO2011085509A1 (en) | Layer-to dm rs port mapping for lte-advanced | |
KR20140021676A (en) | Downlink control signalling for indication of interfering layers | |
US20150245380A1 (en) | Device and Method for Processing Downlink Control Information |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14892498 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14892498 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |